mirror of
https://github.com/love2d/love.git
synced 2026-08-16 00:02:12 +02:00
Merge with default branch (should have done that before, right?)
--HG-- branch : minor
This commit is contained in:
@@ -3,3 +3,4 @@
|
||||
db7cd0682883ed357adef013a326bbb26de28c98 0.6.2
|
||||
9240be0fe0ea1070bc604954ab2e81320e278ad9 0.7.0
|
||||
18d79c306466d188919c238d23e50ea705b07c03 0.7.1
|
||||
bcca82b60d0f5cd724edbe4ed65db18ab95d4691 0.7.2
|
||||
|
||||
+110
@@ -1,3 +1,113 @@
|
||||
LOVE 0.8.0 [Rubber Piggy]
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
* Added release error screen.
|
||||
* Added alpha to love.graphics.setBackgroundColor.
|
||||
* Added Canvas:clear(r, g, b, a).
|
||||
* Added Canvas support to love.graphics.drawq.
|
||||
* Added Canvas:getWidth and Canvas:getHeight.
|
||||
* Added love.graphics.arc.
|
||||
* Added seek and tell to Source objects.
|
||||
* Added color interpolation to ParticleSystem.
|
||||
* Added automatic PO2 padding for systems not supporting the OpenGL extension.
|
||||
* Added UTF-8 support for fonts.
|
||||
* Added Box2D error handling for some commonly failing functions.
|
||||
* Added ability for fused release games to have their write dir in appdata.
|
||||
* Added shear transformation to drawing functions.
|
||||
* Added origin to font printing.
|
||||
* Added love.graphics.getMode.
|
||||
* Added per-sprite colors on SpriteBatches.
|
||||
* Added pixel effects.
|
||||
* Added love.graphics.isSupported.
|
||||
* Added love.graphics.getCanvas.
|
||||
* Added love.event.quit.
|
||||
* Added stencil masks.
|
||||
* Added alternative SpriteBatch provider, it should work everywhere now.
|
||||
* Added a loader for binary modules.
|
||||
* Added Thread:getKeys.
|
||||
* Added option of fractions for Quads.
|
||||
* Added PNG, JPEG and GIF support to ImageData:encode.
|
||||
* Added 64-bit support for Mac OS X.
|
||||
* Added premultiplied blending mode.
|
||||
* Added functions to set/get default image filter modes.
|
||||
* Added SpriteBatch:set.
|
||||
* Added new events system, with support for custom events and long event names.
|
||||
* Added sound attenuation by distance.
|
||||
* Added SpriteBatch:getImage.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed wrapping for single words.
|
||||
* Fixed tracebacks not showing filenames.
|
||||
* Fixed love.graphics.push/pop capable of causing overflows/underflows.
|
||||
* Fixed setScissor on Canvases.
|
||||
* Fixed several issues with audio, e.g. clicks and pops in mp3s.
|
||||
* Fixed crashes when bodies were destroyed during collisions.
|
||||
* Fixed bound SpriteBatches corrupting when drawing.
|
||||
* Fixed thread-safety issues with ImageData.
|
||||
* Fixed memory leaks in audio sources.
|
||||
* Fixed thread's set (previously send) accidentally changing the type.
|
||||
* Fixed SoundData allocating the wrong number of samples.
|
||||
* Fixed SpriteBatch support on Intel cards.
|
||||
* Fixed love.filesystem.lines() leaking.
|
||||
* Fixed Source controls inconsistencies.
|
||||
* Fixed most leaking on unclosed File objects.
|
||||
* Fixed crashes when operating on non-existent files.
|
||||
* Fixed a bug where empty files on windows would never reach eof.
|
||||
* Fixed crash when SoundData runs out of memory.
|
||||
* Fixed ordering of loaders, love should have priority over Lua.
|
||||
* Fixed several miscellaneous memory leaks.
|
||||
* Fixed love.filesystem's priority for require.
|
||||
* Fixed a few cases where strings with \0 in them would not be stored correctly.
|
||||
* Fixed love's startup time being in the first dt.
|
||||
* Fixed internal string conversions, they are faster now.
|
||||
* Fixed (bad) performance of ImageData:paste.
|
||||
|
||||
* Renamed SpriteBatch's lock/unlock to bind/unbind.
|
||||
* Renamed Framebuffer to Canvas.
|
||||
* Renamed love.thread.send/receive to set/get.
|
||||
* Renamed love.graphics.setRenderTarget to setCanvas.
|
||||
|
||||
* Removed canvas auto-clearing.
|
||||
* Removed EncodedImageData.
|
||||
* Removed old syntax for require (with extension).
|
||||
* Removed love.graphics.setFont([file], [size]).
|
||||
* Removed Thread:kill.
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated love.joystick to be 1-indexed.
|
||||
* Updated Sources to update more cleanly and control more intuitively.
|
||||
* Updated font engine.
|
||||
* Updated line drawing to a custom system.
|
||||
* Updated love.timer.sleep to use seconds, like the rest of love.
|
||||
* Updated love.timer to be more accurate.
|
||||
* Updated love.graphics.circle to have max(10, r) as default for segments.
|
||||
* Updated ImageData:encode to write to files directly.
|
||||
* Updated version compatibility system to actually do something.
|
||||
* Updated love.run's order, events are checked just before update.
|
||||
* Updated Box2D to version 2.2.1.
|
||||
|
||||
LOVE 0.7.2 [Game Slave]
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
* Added Framebuffer:get/setWrap.
|
||||
* Added love.event.clear.
|
||||
* Added support for any number of arguments to love.keyboard.isDown, love.mouse.isDown and love.joystick.isDown.
|
||||
* Added SpriteBatch:setImage().
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed fused games not working.
|
||||
* Fixed ParticleSystem:setSize ignoring the variation argument.
|
||||
* Fixed some file-opening exceptions not being caught.
|
||||
* Fixed files loaded by libmodplug being too loud.
|
||||
* Fixed paths with periods in them not working.
|
||||
* Fixed love.graphics.getBlendMode not detecting subtractive and multiplicative blend modes.
|
||||
* Fixed crash when there was no memory available for newImageData(w, h).
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated PhysicsFS version to 2.0.2 on Windows
|
||||
* Updated OpenAL Soft version to 1.13 on Windows
|
||||
* Updated libmodplug version to 0.8.8.1 on Windows
|
||||
* Updated FreeType version to 2.4.4 on Windows
|
||||
* Updated libmpg123 version to 1.13.2 on Windows
|
||||
* Windows binary no longer depends on VC2005 runtime.
|
||||
* Windows binary no longer depends on SSE2 support.
|
||||
|
||||
LOVE 0.7.1 [Game Slave]
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+32
-9
@@ -13,14 +13,17 @@ AC_SEARCH_LIBS([SDL_Init], [SDL], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without SDL]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([glLoadIdentity], [GL], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without OpenGL]))
|
||||
#AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gluOrtho2D], [GLU], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without OpenGL Utility Library]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([alSourcePlay], [openal], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without OpenAL]))
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([luajit],
|
||||
[ --enable-luajit Use LuaJIT instead of lua],
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(
|
||||
[lua_pcall],
|
||||
[luajit luajit-5.1],
|
||||
AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_LUA], [-I/usr/include/luajit-2.0]),
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without LuaJIT])
|
||||
),
|
||||
lua=lua
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([luajit],
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-luajit], [Use LuaJIT instead of lua and llvm-lua])],
|
||||
[lua=luajit],
|
||||
[])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([llvm-lua],
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-llvm-lua], [Use llvm-lua instead of lua and LuaJIT])],
|
||||
[lua=llvm-lua],
|
||||
[])
|
||||
|
||||
AS_IF([test "$lua" == "lua"],
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(
|
||||
[lua_pcall],
|
||||
[lua lua5.1],
|
||||
@@ -29,7 +32,24 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE([luajit],
|
||||
fi,
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without Lua])
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
AS_IF([test "$lua" == "luajit"],
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(
|
||||
[lua_pcall],
|
||||
[luajit luajit-5.1],
|
||||
AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_LUA], [-I/usr/include/luajit-2.0]),
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without LuaJIT])
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
AS_IF([test "$lua" == "llvm-lua"],
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(
|
||||
[lua_pcall],
|
||||
[llvm-lua],
|
||||
[],
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without llvm-lua])
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([ilInit], [IL], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without DevIL]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([mng_initialize], [mng], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([DevIL needs MNG]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([TIFFOpen], [tiff], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([DevIL needs TIFF]))
|
||||
@@ -39,6 +59,9 @@ AC_SEARCH_LIBS([ModPlug_Load], [modplug], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([mpg123_open_feed], [mpg123], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without Mpg123]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([mpg123_seek_64], [mpg123], AC_SUBST([FILE_OFFSET],[-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64]), AC_SUBST([FILE_OFFSET],[]))
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([ov_open], [vorbisfile], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't LÖVE without VorbisFile]))
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([headless],
|
||||
[ --enable-headless Build with less SDL],
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([LOVE_HEADLESS], [], [Build with less SDL]), [])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
src/Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
+14
-12
@@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ InstallDir $PROGRAMFILES\LOVE
|
||||
InstallDirRegKey HKCU "Software\LOVE" ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Graphics
|
||||
!define MUI_ICON "love\extra\nsis\love.ico"
|
||||
!define MUI_UNICON "love\extra\nsis\love.ico"
|
||||
!define MUI_ICON "${LOVEICODIR}\love.ico"
|
||||
!define MUI_UNICON "${LOVEICODIR}\love.ico"
|
||||
!define MUI_ABORTWARNING
|
||||
!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE
|
||||
!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE_BITMAP "love\extra\nsis\top.bmp" # optional
|
||||
!define MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "love\extra\nsis\left.bmp"
|
||||
!define MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "love\extra\nsis\left.bmp"
|
||||
!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE_BITMAP "${LOVEICODIR}\top.bmp" # optional
|
||||
!define MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "${LOVEICODIR}\left.bmp"
|
||||
!define MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "${LOVEICODIR}\left.bmp"
|
||||
|
||||
!define MUI_WELCOMEPAGE_TITLE "LÖVE Setup"
|
||||
!define MUI_WELCOMEPAGE_TEXT "This will install LÖVE, the unquestionably awesome Lua game framework."
|
||||
|
||||
# Pages
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_WELCOME
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "love\license.txt"
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "${LOVELICDIR}\license.txt"
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_COMPONENTS
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_DIRECTORY
|
||||
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES
|
||||
@@ -38,12 +38,13 @@ Section "LOVE" MainProg
|
||||
|
||||
SectionIn RO
|
||||
SetOutPath $INSTDIR
|
||||
File "love\platform\msvc2010\Release\love.exe"
|
||||
File "love\platform\msvc2010\DevIL.dll"
|
||||
File "love\platform\msvc2010\SDL.dll"
|
||||
File "love\platform\msvc2010\OpenAL32.dll"
|
||||
File "love\extra\nsis\love.ico"
|
||||
File "love\extra\nsis\game.ico"
|
||||
File "${LOVEBINDIR}\love.exe"
|
||||
File "${LOVEBINDIR}\DevIL.dll"
|
||||
File "${LOVEBINDIR}\SDL.dll"
|
||||
File "${LOVEBINDIR}\OpenAL32.dll"
|
||||
# File "${LOVEBINDIR}\lua51.dll"
|
||||
File "${LOVEICODIR}\love.ico"
|
||||
File "${LOVEICODIR}\game.ico"
|
||||
|
||||
# Uninstaller
|
||||
WriteUninstaller $INSTDIR\Uninstall.exe
|
||||
@@ -88,6 +89,7 @@ Section "Uninstall"
|
||||
Delete $INSTDIR\"SDL.dll"
|
||||
Delete $INSTDIR\"love.exe"
|
||||
Delete $INSTDIR\"OpenAL32.dll"
|
||||
# Delete $INSTDIR\"lua51.dll"
|
||||
Delete $INSTDIR\"game.ico"
|
||||
Delete $INSTDIR\"love.ico"
|
||||
RMDir $INSTDIR
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
function b64(name)
|
||||
local i = io.popen("base64 " .. name)
|
||||
local encoded = i:read("*a")
|
||||
i:close()
|
||||
|
||||
local output = ("local %s =\n%q"):format(name:gsub("%.", "_"), encoded)
|
||||
return output
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
for i, v in ipairs(arg) do
|
||||
print(b64(v))
|
||||
end
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 3.3 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 3.0 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 7.0 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 7.5 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 385 B |
+863
-1
@@ -17,4 +17,866 @@ appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
|
||||
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
|
||||
distribution.
|
||||
distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
-------
|
||||
LÖVE also uses the following LGPL libraries:
|
||||
|
||||
- SDL
|
||||
Website: http://libsdl.org
|
||||
Source download: http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL-1.2.14.tar.gz
|
||||
- libmpg123
|
||||
Website: http://www.mpg123.de/
|
||||
Source download: http://sourceforge.net/projects/mpg123/files/latest/download
|
||||
- OpenAL
|
||||
Website: http://connect.creativelabs.com/openal/default.aspx
|
||||
Source download: http://connect.creativelabs.com/openal/Downloads/openal-soft-1.13.tbz2
|
||||
- DevIL
|
||||
Website: http://openil.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
Source download: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openil/DevIL-1.7.8.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
Following are the LGPL and GPL license texts:
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
|
||||
the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
|
||||
|
||||
0. Additional Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
|
||||
General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
|
||||
other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
|
||||
|
||||
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
|
||||
by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
|
||||
Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
|
||||
of using an interface provided by the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
|
||||
Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
|
||||
with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
|
||||
Version".
|
||||
|
||||
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
|
||||
Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
|
||||
for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
|
||||
based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
|
||||
object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
|
||||
and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
|
||||
Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
|
||||
without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
|
||||
facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
|
||||
that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
|
||||
facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
|
||||
version:
|
||||
|
||||
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
|
||||
ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
|
||||
function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
|
||||
whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
|
||||
|
||||
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
|
||||
this License applicable to that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
|
||||
|
||||
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
|
||||
a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
|
||||
code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
|
||||
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
|
||||
layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
|
||||
(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
|
||||
covered by this License.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
|
||||
document.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Combined Works.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
|
||||
taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
|
||||
portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
|
||||
the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
|
||||
the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
|
||||
covered by this License.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
|
||||
document.
|
||||
|
||||
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
|
||||
execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
|
||||
these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
|
||||
copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
|
||||
License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
|
||||
suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
|
||||
recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
|
||||
the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
|
||||
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
|
||||
Corresponding Source.
|
||||
|
||||
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
|
||||
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
|
||||
a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
|
||||
system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
|
||||
of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
|
||||
Version.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
|
||||
be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
|
||||
GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
|
||||
necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
|
||||
Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
|
||||
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
|
||||
you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
|
||||
the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
|
||||
Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
|
||||
Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
|
||||
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
|
||||
|
||||
5. Combined Libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side by side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
|
||||
License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
|
||||
choice, if you do both of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
|
||||
on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
|
||||
conveyed under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
|
||||
is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
|
||||
accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
|
||||
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
|
||||
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
|
||||
of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
|
||||
applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that published version or of any later version
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
|
||||
received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
|
||||
whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
|
||||
apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
|
||||
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7,28 +7,18 @@
|
||||
<key>CFBundleDocumentTypes</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeExtensions</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>love</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeIconFile</key>
|
||||
<string>LoveDocument.icns</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeName</key>
|
||||
<string>Love Project</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeOSTypes</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>LOVE</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeMIMETypes</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>application/x-love-game</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<string>LÖVE Project</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeRole</key>
|
||||
<string>Viewer</string>
|
||||
<key>LSIsAppleDefaultForType</key>
|
||||
<true/>
|
||||
<key>LSTypeIsPackage</key>
|
||||
<true/>
|
||||
<key>LSItemContentTypes</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>org.love2d.love-game</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>LSHandlerRank</key>
|
||||
<string>Owner</string>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeName</key>
|
||||
@@ -39,34 +29,8 @@
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleTypeRole</key>
|
||||
<string>Viewer</string>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>UTExportedTypeDeclarations</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeConformsTo</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>com.pkware.zip-archive</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeIdentifier</key>
|
||||
<string>org.love2d.love-game</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeDescription</key>
|
||||
<string>Love Project</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeIconFile</key>
|
||||
<string>LoveDocument.icns</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeTagSpecification</key>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>com.apple.ostype</key>
|
||||
<string>LOVE</string>
|
||||
<key>public.filename-extension</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>love</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>public.mime-type</key>
|
||||
<string>application/x-love-game</string>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeReferenceURL</key>
|
||||
<string>http://love2d.org/wiki/Game_Distribution</string>
|
||||
<key>LSHandlerRank</key>
|
||||
<string>None</string>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
|
||||
@@ -78,16 +42,46 @@
|
||||
<key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
|
||||
<string>6.0</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleName</key>
|
||||
<string>love</string>
|
||||
<string>LÖVE</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
|
||||
<string>LoVe</string>
|
||||
<string>APPL</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
|
||||
<string>0.8.0</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
|
||||
<string>LoVe</string>
|
||||
<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
|
||||
<string>0.7.1</string>
|
||||
<key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
|
||||
<string>© 2006-2012 LÖVE Development Team</string>
|
||||
<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
|
||||
<string>SDLMain</string>
|
||||
<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
|
||||
<string>NSApplication</string>
|
||||
<key>UTExportedTypeDeclarations</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeConformsTo</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>com.pkware.zip-archive</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeDescription</key>
|
||||
<string>LÖVE Project</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeIconFile</key>
|
||||
<string>LoveDocument.icns</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeIdentifier</key>
|
||||
<string>org.love2d.love-game</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeReferenceURL</key>
|
||||
<string>http://love2d.org/wiki/Game_Distribution</string>
|
||||
<key>UTTypeTagSpecification</key>
|
||||
<dict>
|
||||
<key>com.apple.ostype</key>
|
||||
<string>LOVE</string>
|
||||
<key>public.filename-extension</key>
|
||||
<array>
|
||||
<string>love</string>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
<key>public.mime-type</key>
|
||||
<string>application/x-love-game</string>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
</array>
|
||||
</dict>
|
||||
</plist>
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Binary file not shown.
+193
-56
@@ -12,15 +12,62 @@
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\b64.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\delay.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Exception.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Matrix.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\MemoryData.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Memoizer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Object.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Reference.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\runtime.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\utf8.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Variant.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\Vector.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\common\wrap_Data.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2BroadPhase.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2CollideCircle.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2CollideEdge.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2CollidePolygon.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2Collision.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2Distance.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2DynamicTree.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2TimeOfImpact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2ChainShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2CircleShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2EdgeShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2PolygonShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2BlockAllocator.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Draw.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Math.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Settings.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2StackAllocator.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Timer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Body.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2ContactManager.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Fixture.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Island.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2World.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2WorldCallbacks.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ChainAndCircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ChainAndPolygonContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2CircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2Contact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ContactSolver.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2EdgeAndCircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolygonAndCircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolygonContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2DistanceJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2FrictionJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2GearJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2Joint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2MouseJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2PrismaticJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2PulleyJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2RevoluteJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2RopeJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2WeldJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2WheelJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Rope\b2Rope.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\libraries\luasocket\libluasocket\auxiliar.c">
|
||||
<WarningLevel Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">TurnOffAllWarnings</WarningLevel>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +111,7 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\love.cpp">
|
||||
<ShowIncludes Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">false</ShowIncludes>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\audio\Audio.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\audio\null\Audio.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\audio\null\Source.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\audio\openal\Audio.cpp" />
|
||||
@@ -91,25 +139,31 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\font\wrap_GlyphData.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\font\wrap_Rasterizer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Drawable.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\DrawQable.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Graphics.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Image.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Canvas.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Font.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Framebuffer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\GLee.c">
|
||||
<WarningLevel Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">TurnOffAllWarnings</WarningLevel>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Graphics.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Image.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\OpenGL.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\ParticleSystem.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\PixelEffect.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Quad.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\SpriteBatch.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\VertexBuffer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Canvas.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Font.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Framebuffer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Graphics.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Image.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_ParticleSystem.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_PixelEffect.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Quad.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_SpriteBatch.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Quad.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Volatile.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\image\devil\Image.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\image\devil\ImageData.cpp" />
|
||||
@@ -121,16 +175,20 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\joystick\sdl\wrap_Joystick.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\Keyboard.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\sdl\Keyboard.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\sdl\wrap_Keyboard.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\wrap_Keyboard.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\Mouse.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\sdl\Mouse.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\sdl\wrap_Mouse.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\wrap_Mouse.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Body.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Body.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\ChainShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\CircleShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Contact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\DistanceJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\EdgeShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Fixture.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\FrictionJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\GearJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\graham\GrahamScanConvexHull.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Joint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\MouseJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Physics.cpp" />
|
||||
@@ -138,43 +196,19 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\PrismaticJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\PulleyJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\RevoluteJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\RopeJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Shape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2BroadPhase.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2CollideCircle.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2CollidePoly.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2Collision.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2Distance.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2PairManager.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\b2TimeOfImpact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\Shapes\b2CircleShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\Shapes\b2PolygonShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Collision\Shapes\b2Shape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Common\b2BlockAllocator.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Common\b2Math.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Common\b2Settings.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Common\b2StackAllocator.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\b2Body.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\b2ContactManager.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\b2Island.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\b2World.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\b2WorldCallbacks.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Contacts\b2CircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Contacts\b2Contact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ContactSolver.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolyAndCircleContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolyContact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2DistanceJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2GearJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2Joint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2MouseJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2PrismaticJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2PulleyJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Source\Dynamics\Joints\b2RevoluteJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\WeldJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\WheelJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\World.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Body.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_ChainShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_CircleShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Contact.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_DistanceJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_EdgeShape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Fixture.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_FrictionJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_GearJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Joint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_MouseJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +217,10 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_PrismaticJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_PulleyJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_RevoluteJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_RopeJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Shape.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_WeldJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_WheelJoint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_World.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Joint.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Shape.cpp" />
|
||||
@@ -198,20 +235,36 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\sound\wrap_Decoder.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\sound\wrap_Sound.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\sound\wrap_SoundData.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\Thread.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\wrap_Thread.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\posix\threads.cpp">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\threads.cpp">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\Thread.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\threads.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\win32\threads.cpp">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\wrap_Thread.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\sdl\Timer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\sdl\wrap_Timer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\wrap_Timer.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\window\sdl\Window.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="..\..\src\modules\window\Window.cpp" />
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\b64.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\config.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Data.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\delay.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\EnumMap.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Exception.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\math.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Matrix.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\MemoryData.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Memoizer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Module.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Object.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Reference.h" />
|
||||
@@ -219,9 +272,56 @@
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\StringMap.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\types.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\utf8.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Variant.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\Vector.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\version.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\common\wrap_Data.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Box2D.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2BroadPhase.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2Collision.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2Distance.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2DynamicTree.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\b2TimeOfImpact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2ChainShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2CircleShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2EdgeShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2PolygonShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Collision\Shapes\b2Shape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2BlockAllocator.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Draw.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2GrowableStack.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Math.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Settings.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2StackAllocator.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Common\b2Timer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Body.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2ContactManager.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Fixture.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2Island.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2TimeStep.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2World.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\b2WorldCallbacks.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ChainAndCircleContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2CircleContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2Contact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2ContactSolver.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Contacts\b2PolygonContact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2DistanceJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2FrictionJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2GearJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2Joint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2MouseJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2PrismaticJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2PulleyJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2RevoluteJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2RopeJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2WeldJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Dynamics\Joints\b2WheelJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\Box2D\Rope\b2Rope.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\luasocket\luasocket.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\utf8\utf8.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\libraries\utf8\utf8\checked.h" />
|
||||
@@ -256,23 +356,29 @@
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\font\wrap_GlyphData.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\font\wrap_Rasterizer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Drawable.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\DrawQable.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Graphics.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Image.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Canvas.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Font.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Framebuffer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\GLee.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Graphics.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Image.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\OpenGL.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\ParticleSystem.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\PixelEffect.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\Quad.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\SpriteBatch.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\VertexBuffer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Canvas.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Font.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Framebuffer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Graphics.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Image.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_ParticleSystem.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_PixelEffect.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_Quad.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\opengl\wrap_SpriteBatch.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Quad.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\graphics\Volatile.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\image\devil\Image.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\image\devil\ImageData.h" />
|
||||
@@ -285,14 +391,19 @@
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\joystick\sdl\wrap_Joystick.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\Keyboard.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\sdl\Keyboard.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\sdl\wrap_Keyboard.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\keyboard\wrap_Keyboard.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\Mouse.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\sdl\Mouse.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\sdl\wrap_Mouse.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\mouse\wrap_Mouse.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Body.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Body.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\ChainShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\CircleShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Contact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\DistanceJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\EdgeShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Fixture.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\FrictionJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\GearJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Joint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\MouseJoint.h" />
|
||||
@@ -301,12 +412,19 @@
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\PrismaticJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\PulleyJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\RevoluteJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\RopeJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\Shape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\WeldJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\WheelJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\World.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Body.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_ChainShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_CircleShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Contact.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_DistanceJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_EdgeShape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Fixture.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_FrictionJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_GearJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Joint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_MouseJoint.h" />
|
||||
@@ -315,15 +433,33 @@
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_PrismaticJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_PulleyJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_RevoluteJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_RopeJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_Shape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_WeldJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_WheelJoint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\box2d\wrap_World.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Joint.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\physics\Shape.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\Thread.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\wrap_Thread.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\ThreadModule.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\posix\threads.h">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClInclude>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\sdl\threads.h">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClInclude>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\Thread.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\threads.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\win32\threads.h">
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
<ExcludedFromBuild Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">true</ExcludedFromBuild>
|
||||
</ClInclude>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\thread\wrap_Thread.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\sdl\Timer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\sdl\wrap_Timer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\Timer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\timer\wrap_Timer.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\window\sdl\Window.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="..\..\src\modules\window\Window.h" />
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ResourceCompile Include="app.rc" />
|
||||
@@ -362,19 +498,19 @@
|
||||
<ClCompile>
|
||||
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
|
||||
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;include\SDL;include\AL;..\..\src;..\..\src\modules;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;include\SDL;include\AL;..\..\src;..\..\src\libraries;..\..\src\modules;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
|
||||
<ObjectFileName>%(Identity)_d.obj</ObjectFileName>
|
||||
<MultiProcessorCompilation>true</MultiProcessorCompilation>
|
||||
<PrecompiledHeader>NotUsing</PrecompiledHeader>
|
||||
<PrecompiledHeaderFile>
|
||||
</PrecompiledHeaderFile>
|
||||
<PreprocessorDefinitions>VC_EXTRALEAN;_DEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
|
||||
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;VC_EXTRALEAN;_DEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<Link>
|
||||
<GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
|
||||
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>opengl32.lib;glu32.lib;DevIL.lib;freetype242MT.lib;libmpg123.lib;libogg.lib;libvorbis.lib;libvorbisfile.lib;lua.lib;modplug_d.lib;OpenAL32.lib;physfs.lib;SDL.lib;SDLmain.lib;libFLAC_static_D.lib;libFLAC++_static_D.lib;ws2_32.lib;kernel32.lib;user32.lib;gdi32.lib;winspool.lib;comdlg32.lib;advapi32.lib;shell32.lib;ole32.lib;oleaut32.lib;uuid.lib;odbc32.lib;odbccp32.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>opengl32.lib;glu32.lib;DevIL.lib;freetype244MT.lib;libmpg123.lib;libogg.lib;libvorbis.lib;libvorbisfile.lib;lua.lib;modplug_d.lib;OpenAL32.lib;physfs.lib;SDL.lib;SDLmain.lib;libFLAC_static_D.lib;libFLAC++_static_D.lib;ws2_32.lib;kernel32.lib;user32.lib;gdi32.lib;winspool.lib;comdlg32.lib;advapi32.lib;shell32.lib;ole32.lib;oleaut32.lib;uuid.lib;odbc32.lib;odbccp32.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
|
||||
<AdditionalOptions>/FORCE:MULTIPLE %(AdditionalOptions)</AdditionalOptions>
|
||||
</Link>
|
||||
@@ -385,11 +521,11 @@
|
||||
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
|
||||
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
|
||||
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;include\SDL;include\AL;..\..\src;..\..\src\modules;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;include\SDL;include\AL;..\..\src;..\..\src\libraries;..\..\src\modules;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
|
||||
<EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>StreamingSIMDExtensions2</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
|
||||
<EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>NotSet</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
|
||||
<ObjectFileName>%(Identity).obj</ObjectFileName>
|
||||
<PreprocessorDefinitions>VC_EXTRALEAN;NDEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
|
||||
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;VC_EXTRALEAN;NDEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
|
||||
<StringPooling>
|
||||
</StringPooling>
|
||||
<MinimalRebuild>
|
||||
@@ -400,9 +536,10 @@
|
||||
<GenerateDebugInformation>false</GenerateDebugInformation>
|
||||
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
|
||||
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>opengl32.lib;glu32.lib;DevIL.lib;freetype242MT.lib;libmpg123.lib;libogg.lib;libvorbis.lib;libvorbisfile.lib;lua.lib;modplug.lib;OpenAL32.lib;physfs.lib;SDL.lib;SDLmain.lib;ws2_32.lib;kernel32.lib;user32.lib;gdi32.lib;winspool.lib;comdlg32.lib;advapi32.lib;shell32.lib;ole32.lib;oleaut32.lib;uuid.lib;odbc32.lib;odbccp32.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>opengl32.lib;glu32.lib;DevIL.lib;freetype244MT.lib;libmpg123.lib;libogg.lib;libvorbis.lib;libvorbisfile.lib;lua.lib;modplug.lib;OpenAL32.lib;physfs.lib;SDL.lib;SDLmain.lib;ws2_32.lib;kernel32.lib;user32.lib;gdi32.lib;winspool.lib;comdlg32.lib;advapi32.lib;shell32.lib;ole32.lib;oleaut32.lib;uuid.lib;odbc32.lib;odbccp32.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
|
||||
<SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
|
||||
<AdditionalOptions>/FORCE:MULTIPLE %(AdditionalOptions)</AdditionalOptions>
|
||||
</Link>
|
||||
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
|
||||
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+23
-8
@@ -1,10 +1,25 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
if ! sh platform/unix/gen-makefile; then
|
||||
echo "You should be doing this from the root directory of the project."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
automagic() {
|
||||
if ! sh platform/unix/gen-makefile; then
|
||||
echo "You should be doing this from the root directory of the project."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
autoheader 2>&1 || return 1 # Gimmie config.h.in
|
||||
libtoolize --force 2>&1 || return 1
|
||||
aclocal 2>&1 || return 1
|
||||
autoconf 2>&1 || return 1
|
||||
automake -a 2>&1 || return 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $1 == "-d" ]]; then
|
||||
automagic
|
||||
else
|
||||
automagic > /dev/null
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [ $? -eq 1 ]; then
|
||||
echo "Failed, please contact the developers."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Success, carry on configuring."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
autoheader # Gimmie config.h.in
|
||||
libtoolize --force
|
||||
aclocal
|
||||
autoconf
|
||||
automake -a
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -21,3 +21,6 @@
|
||||
./modules/native/tcc/libtcc/stab.h
|
||||
./libraries/luasocket/libluasocket/wsocket.*
|
||||
./modules/sound/lullaby/FLACDecoder.*
|
||||
./modules/thread/sdl/*
|
||||
./modules/thread/win32/*
|
||||
./modules/thread/posix/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ echo Generating src/Makefile.am ...
|
||||
cd src
|
||||
inc_current=.
|
||||
inc_modules="$inc_current/modules"
|
||||
echo "AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$inc_current -I$inc_modules -I/usr/include/AL -I/usr/include/freetype2 \$(INCLUDE_LUA) -I/usr/include/SDL \$(FILE_OFFSET)
|
||||
inc_libraries="$inc_current/libraries"
|
||||
echo "AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$inc_current -I$inc_modules -I$inc_libraries -I/usr/include/AL -I/usr/include/freetype2 \$(INCLUDE_LUA) -I/usr/include/SDL \$(FILE_OFFSET)
|
||||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects
|
||||
DEFAULT_INCLUDES =
|
||||
SUBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
LÖVE is an *awesome* framework you can use to make 2D games in Lua. It's free, open-source, and works on Windows, Mac OS X and Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
We use our [wiki][wiki] for documentation.
|
||||
If you need further help, feel free to ask on our [forums][forums], and last but not least there's the irc channel [#love on Freenode][irc].
|
||||
|
||||
Compilation
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
###Windows
|
||||
Use the project files for Visual C++ 2008 or 2010 (2010 preferred) located in the platform dir.
|
||||
|
||||
###*nix
|
||||
Run platform/unix/automagic, then run ./configure and make.
|
||||
|
||||
###OSX
|
||||
Use the XCode project in platform/macosx.
|
||||
|
||||
For both Windows and OSX there are dependencies available [here][dependencies].
|
||||
|
||||
Repository information
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
We use the 'default' branch for development, and therefore it should not be considered stable.
|
||||
Also used is the 'minor' branch, which is used for features in the next minor version and it is
|
||||
not our development target (which would be the next revision). (Version numbers formatted major.minor.revision.)
|
||||
|
||||
We tag all our releases (since we started using mercurial), and have binary downloads available for them.
|
||||
|
||||
Builds
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
Releases are found in the 'downloads' section on bitbucket, are linked on [the site][site],
|
||||
and there's a ppa for ubuntu, [ppa:bartbes/love-stable][stableppa].
|
||||
|
||||
There are also unstable/nightly builds:
|
||||
|
||||
- For windows they are located [here][winbuilds].
|
||||
- For ubuntu linux they are in [ppa:bartbes/love-unstable][unstableppa]
|
||||
- For arch linux there's [love-hg][aur] in the AUR.
|
||||
- For other linuxes and OSX there are currently no official builds.
|
||||
|
||||
Dependencies
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
- SDL
|
||||
- OpenGL
|
||||
- OpenAL
|
||||
- Lua / LuaJIT / LLVM-lua
|
||||
- DevIL with MNG and TIFF
|
||||
- FreeType
|
||||
- PhysicsFS
|
||||
- ModPlug
|
||||
- mpg123
|
||||
- Vorbisfile
|
||||
|
||||
[site]: http://love2d.org
|
||||
[wiki]: http://love2d.org/wiki
|
||||
[forums]: http://love2d.org/forums
|
||||
[irc]: irc://irc.freenode.net/love
|
||||
[dependencies]: http://love2d.org/sdk
|
||||
[winbuilds]: http://love2d.org/builds
|
||||
[stableppa]: https://launchpad.net/~bartbes/+archive/love-stable
|
||||
[unstableppa]: https://launchpad.net/~bartbes/+archive/love-unstable
|
||||
[aur]: http://aur.archlinux.org/packages.php?ID=35279
|
||||
-25
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
! WARNING !
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This software is not complete. This is just a preview. Don't expect to find any
|
||||
interface consistencies between releases at all. With each release, everything
|
||||
you once knew and loved may be brutally murdered. By which I mean removed and/or
|
||||
changed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
RUNNING GAMES
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
In Windows or other graphical enviroments, just open the .love file you want to
|
||||
run with the love binary, such as love.exe. (~^-^)~
|
||||
|
||||
In a console, type "love" followed by the relative or absolute path to a directory
|
||||
(or archive).
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
* love mygame.love
|
||||
* love /home/hax/ultragame
|
||||
|
||||
Remember that what you are trying to run at least should contain the file "main.lua".
|
||||
+56
-56
@@ -1,56 +1,56 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class is a simple abstraction over all objects which contain data.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Data : public Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual ~Data() {};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the data. This pointer will obviously not
|
||||
* be valid if the Data object is destroyed.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual void * getData() const = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size of the Data in bytes.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual int getSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Data
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class is a simple abstraction over all objects which contain data.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Data : public Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual ~Data() {};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the data. This pointer will obviously not
|
||||
* be valid if the Data object is destroyed.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual void * getData() const = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size of the Data in bytes.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual int getSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Data
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_DATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-11
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
Value values_u[PEAK];
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct Entry
|
||||
{
|
||||
T t;
|
||||
@@ -52,27 +52,27 @@ namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned n = size/sizeof(Entry);
|
||||
|
||||
for(unsigned i = 0; i<n; ++i)
|
||||
for (unsigned i = 0; i<n; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned e_t = (unsigned)entries[i].t;
|
||||
unsigned e_u = (unsigned)entries[i].u;
|
||||
|
||||
if(e_t < PEAK)
|
||||
if (e_t < PEAK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
values_u[e_t].v = e_u;
|
||||
values_u[e_t].set = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(e_u < PEAK)
|
||||
if (e_u < PEAK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
values_t[e_u].v = e_t;
|
||||
values_t[e_u].set = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool find(T t, U & u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((unsigned)t < PEAK && values_u[(unsigned)t].set)
|
||||
if ((unsigned)t < PEAK && values_u[(unsigned)t].set)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u = (U)values_u[(unsigned)t].v;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
bool find(U u, T & t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((unsigned)u < PEAK && values_t[(unsigned)u].set)
|
||||
if ((unsigned)u < PEAK && values_t[(unsigned)u].set)
|
||||
{
|
||||
t = (T)values_t[(unsigned)u].v;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
+62
-38
@@ -1,38 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Exception.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
Exception::Exception(const char * fmt, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
va_start(args, fmt);
|
||||
vsnprintf(buffer, BUFFER_SIZE, fmt, args);
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char * Exception::what() const throw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (const char *)buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Exception.h"
|
||||
#include <common/config.h>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
Exception::Exception(const char * fmt, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int size_buffer = 256, size_out;
|
||||
char * buffer;
|
||||
while (true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
buffer = new char[size_buffer];
|
||||
memset(buffer, 0, size_buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
va_start(args, fmt);
|
||||
size_out = vsnprintf(buffer, size_buffer, fmt, args);
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
|
||||
// see http://perfec.to/vsnprintf/pasprintf.c
|
||||
// if size_out ...
|
||||
// == -1 --> output was truncated
|
||||
// == size_buffer --> output was truncated
|
||||
// == size_buffer-1 --> ambiguous, /may/ have been truncated
|
||||
// > size_buffer --> output was truncated, and size_out
|
||||
// bytes would have been written
|
||||
if (size_out == size_buffer || size_out == -1 || size_out == size_buffer-1)
|
||||
size_buffer *= 2;
|
||||
else if (size_out > size_buffer)
|
||||
size_buffer = size_out + 2; // to avoid the ambiguous case
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
message = std::string(buffer);
|
||||
delete[] buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+64
-68
@@ -1,68 +1,64 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
#include <cstdarg> // vararg
|
||||
#include <cstdio> // vsnprintf
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A convenient vararg-enabled exception class.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Exception : public std::exception
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The vsnprintf operates on a buffer this large.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static const int BUFFER_SIZE = 256;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The buffer for vsnprintf.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new Exception according to printf-rules.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See: http://www.cplusplus.com/reference/clibrary/cstdio/printf/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (see printf).
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Exception(const char * fmt, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a string containing reason for the exception.
|
||||
* @return A description of the exception.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual const char * what() const throw();
|
||||
|
||||
}; // class
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
#include <cstdarg> // vararg
|
||||
#include <cstdio> // vsnprintf
|
||||
#include <cstring> // strncpy
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A convenient vararg-enabled exception class.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Exception : public std::exception
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
std::string message;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new Exception according to printf-rules.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See: http://www.cplusplus.com/reference/clibrary/cstdio/printf/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (see printf).
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Exception(const char * fmt, ...);
|
||||
virtual ~Exception() throw() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a string containing reason for the exception.
|
||||
* @return A description of the exception.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
inline virtual const char * what() const throw()
|
||||
{ return message.c_str(); }
|
||||
|
||||
}; // class
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
|
||||
+196
-182
@@ -1,182 +1,196 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Matrix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <cstring> // memcpy
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix::Matrix()
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix::~Matrix()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix Matrix::operator * (const Matrix & m) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[0] = (e[0]*m.e[0]) + (e[4]*m.e[1]) + (e[8]*m.e[2]) + (e[12]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[4] = (e[0]*m.e[4]) + (e[4]*m.e[5]) + (e[8]*m.e[6]) + (e[12]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[8] = (e[0]*m.e[8]) + (e[4]*m.e[9]) + (e[8]*m.e[10]) + (e[12]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[12] = (e[0]*m.e[12]) + (e[4]*m.e[13]) + (e[8]*m.e[14]) + (e[12]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[1] = (e[1]*m.e[0]) + (e[5]*m.e[1]) + (e[9]*m.e[2]) + (e[13]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[5] = (e[1]*m.e[4]) + (e[5]*m.e[5]) + (e[9]*m.e[6]) + (e[13]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[9] = (e[1]*m.e[8]) + (e[5]*m.e[9]) + (e[9]*m.e[10]) + (e[13]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[13] = (e[1]*m.e[12]) + (e[5]*m.e[13]) + (e[9]*m.e[14]) + (e[13]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[2] = (e[2]*m.e[0]) + (e[6]*m.e[1]) + (e[10]*m.e[2]) + (e[14]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[6] = (e[2]*m.e[4]) + (e[6]*m.e[5]) + (e[10]*m.e[6]) + (e[14]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[10] = (e[2]*m.e[8]) + (e[6]*m.e[9]) + (e[10]*m.e[10]) + (e[14]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[14] = (e[2]*m.e[12]) + (e[6]*m.e[13]) + (e[10]*m.e[14]) + (e[14]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[3] = (e[3]*m.e[0]) + (e[7]*m.e[1]) + (e[11]*m.e[2]) + (e[15]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[7] = (e[3]*m.e[4]) + (e[7]*m.e[5]) + (e[11]*m.e[6]) + (e[15]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[11] = (e[3]*m.e[8]) + (e[7]*m.e[9]) + (e[11]*m.e[10]) + (e[15]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[15] = (e[3]*m.e[12]) + (e[7]*m.e[13]) + (e[11]*m.e[14]) + (e[15]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::operator *= (const Matrix & m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t = (*this) * m;
|
||||
memcpy((void*)this->e, (void*)t.e, sizeof(float)*16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const float * Matrix::getElements() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(e, 0, sizeof(float)*16);
|
||||
e[0] = e[5] = e[10] = e[15] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setTranslation(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
e[12] = x;
|
||||
e[13] = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setRotation(float rad)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
float c = cos(rad), s = sin(rad);
|
||||
e[0] = c; e[4] = -s;
|
||||
e[1] = s; e[5] = c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setScale(float sx, float sy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
e[0] = sx;
|
||||
e[5] = sy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setTransformation(float x, float y, float angle, float sx, float sy, float ox, float oy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(e, 0, sizeof(float)*16); // zero out matrix
|
||||
float c = cos(angle), s = sin(angle);
|
||||
// matrix multiplication carried out on paper:
|
||||
// |1 x| |c -s | |sx | |1 -ox|
|
||||
// | 1 y| |s c | | sy | | 1 -oy|
|
||||
// | 1 | | 1 | | 1 | | 1 |
|
||||
// | 1| | 1| | 1| | 1 |
|
||||
// move rotate scale origin
|
||||
e[10] = e[15] = 1.0f;
|
||||
e[0] = sx * c;
|
||||
e[1] = sx * s;
|
||||
e[4] = -sy * s;
|
||||
e[5] = sy * c;
|
||||
e[12] = -ox * e[0] - oy * e[4] + x;
|
||||
e[13] = -ox * e[1] - oy * e[5] + y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::translate(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setTranslation(x, y);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::rotate(float rad)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setRotation(rad);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::scale(float sx, float sy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setScale(sx, sy);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// | x |
|
||||
// | y |
|
||||
// | 0 |
|
||||
// | 1 |
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::transform(vertex * dst, const vertex * src, int size) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int i = 0;i<size;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Store in temp variables in case src = dst
|
||||
float x = (e[0]*src[i].x) + (e[4]*src[i].y) + (0) + (e[12]);
|
||||
float y = (e[1]*src[i].x) + (e[5]*src[i].y) + (0) + (e[13]);
|
||||
|
||||
dst[i].x = x;
|
||||
dst[i].y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Matrix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <cstring> // memcpy
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix::Matrix()
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix::~Matrix()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix Matrix::operator * (const Matrix & m) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[0] = (e[0]*m.e[0]) + (e[4]*m.e[1]) + (e[8]*m.e[2]) + (e[12]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[4] = (e[0]*m.e[4]) + (e[4]*m.e[5]) + (e[8]*m.e[6]) + (e[12]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[8] = (e[0]*m.e[8]) + (e[4]*m.e[9]) + (e[8]*m.e[10]) + (e[12]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[12] = (e[0]*m.e[12]) + (e[4]*m.e[13]) + (e[8]*m.e[14]) + (e[12]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[1] = (e[1]*m.e[0]) + (e[5]*m.e[1]) + (e[9]*m.e[2]) + (e[13]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[5] = (e[1]*m.e[4]) + (e[5]*m.e[5]) + (e[9]*m.e[6]) + (e[13]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[9] = (e[1]*m.e[8]) + (e[5]*m.e[9]) + (e[9]*m.e[10]) + (e[13]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[13] = (e[1]*m.e[12]) + (e[5]*m.e[13]) + (e[9]*m.e[14]) + (e[13]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[2] = (e[2]*m.e[0]) + (e[6]*m.e[1]) + (e[10]*m.e[2]) + (e[14]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[6] = (e[2]*m.e[4]) + (e[6]*m.e[5]) + (e[10]*m.e[6]) + (e[14]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[10] = (e[2]*m.e[8]) + (e[6]*m.e[9]) + (e[10]*m.e[10]) + (e[14]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[14] = (e[2]*m.e[12]) + (e[6]*m.e[13]) + (e[10]*m.e[14]) + (e[14]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
t.e[3] = (e[3]*m.e[0]) + (e[7]*m.e[1]) + (e[11]*m.e[2]) + (e[15]*m.e[3]);
|
||||
t.e[7] = (e[3]*m.e[4]) + (e[7]*m.e[5]) + (e[11]*m.e[6]) + (e[15]*m.e[7]);
|
||||
t.e[11] = (e[3]*m.e[8]) + (e[7]*m.e[9]) + (e[11]*m.e[10]) + (e[15]*m.e[11]);
|
||||
t.e[15] = (e[3]*m.e[12]) + (e[7]*m.e[13]) + (e[11]*m.e[14]) + (e[15]*m.e[15]);
|
||||
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::operator *= (const Matrix & m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t = (*this) * m;
|
||||
memcpy((void*)this->e, (void*)t.e, sizeof(float)*16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const float * Matrix::getElements() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(e, 0, sizeof(float)*16);
|
||||
e[0] = e[5] = e[10] = e[15] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setTranslation(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
e[12] = x;
|
||||
e[13] = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setRotation(float rad)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
float c = cos(rad), s = sin(rad);
|
||||
e[0] = c; e[4] = -s;
|
||||
e[1] = s; e[5] = c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setScale(float sx, float sy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
e[0] = sx;
|
||||
e[5] = sy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setShear(float kx, float ky)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setIdentity();
|
||||
e[1] = ky;
|
||||
e[4] = kx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::setTransformation(float x, float y, float angle, float sx, float sy, float ox, float oy, float kx, float ky)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(e, 0, sizeof(float)*16); // zero out matrix
|
||||
float c = cos(angle), s = sin(angle);
|
||||
// matrix multiplication carried out on paper:
|
||||
// |1 x| |c -s | |sx | | 1 ky | |1 -ox|
|
||||
// | 1 y| |s c | | sy | |kx 1 | | 1 -oy|
|
||||
// | 1 | | 1 | | 1 | | 1 | | 1 |
|
||||
// | 1| | 1| | 1| | 1| | 1 |
|
||||
// move rotate scale skew origin
|
||||
e[10] = e[15] = 1.0f;
|
||||
e[0] = c * sx - ky * s * sy; // = a
|
||||
e[1] = s * sx + ky * c * sy; // = b
|
||||
e[4] = kx * c * sx - s * sy; // = c
|
||||
e[5] = kx * s * sx + c * sy; // = d
|
||||
e[12] = x - ox * e[0] - oy * e[4];
|
||||
e[13] = y - ox * e[1] - oy * e[5];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::translate(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setTranslation(x, y);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::rotate(float rad)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setRotation(rad);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::scale(float sx, float sy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setScale(sx, sy);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::shear(float kx, float ky)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix t;
|
||||
t.setShear(kx,ky);
|
||||
this->operator *=(t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// | x |
|
||||
// | y |
|
||||
// | 0 |
|
||||
// | 1 |
|
||||
// | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
// | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
// | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
// | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix::transform(vertex * dst, const vertex * src, int size) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0;i<size;i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Store in temp variables in case src = dst
|
||||
float x = (e[0]*src[i].x) + (e[4]*src[i].y) + (0) + (e[12]);
|
||||
float y = (e[1]*src[i].x) + (e[5]*src[i].y) + (0) + (e[13]);
|
||||
|
||||
dst[i].x = x;
|
||||
dst[i].y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+166
-150
@@ -1,150 +1,166 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class is the basis for all transformations in LOVE. Althought not
|
||||
* really needed for 2D, it contains 4x4 elements to be compatible with
|
||||
* OpenGL without conversions.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Matrix
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
* | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
* | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
* | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float e[16];
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new identity matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Matrix();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
~Matrix();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with another Matrix, changing neither.
|
||||
* @param m The Matrix to multiply with this Matrix.
|
||||
* @return The combined matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Matrix operator * (const Matrix & m) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies a Matrix into this Matrix.
|
||||
* @param m The Matrix to combine into this Matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator *= (const Matrix & m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the 16 array elements.
|
||||
* @return The array elements.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
const float * getElements() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to the identity matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setIdentity();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a translation.
|
||||
* @param x Translation along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y Translation along y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setTranslation(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a rotaion.
|
||||
* @param r The angle in radians.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setRotation(float r);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a scale transformation.
|
||||
* @param sx Scale factor along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale factor along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setScale(float sx, float sy);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a transformation with a certain position, orientation, scale
|
||||
* and offset. Perfect for Drawables -- what a coincidence!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x The translation along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y The translation along the y-axis.
|
||||
* @param angle The rotation (rad) around the center with offset (ox,oy).
|
||||
* @param sx Scale along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale along y-axis.
|
||||
* @param ox The offset for rotation along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param oy The offset for rotation along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setTransformation(float x, float y, float angle, float sx, float sy, float ox, float oy);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a translation.
|
||||
* @param x Translation along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y Translation along y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void translate(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a rotation.
|
||||
* @param r Angle in radians.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void rotate(float r);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a scale transformation.
|
||||
* @param sx Scale factor along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale factor along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void scale(float sx, float sy);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transforms an array of vertices by this Matrix. The sources and
|
||||
* destination arrays may be the same.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Storage for the transformed vertices.
|
||||
* @param src The source vertices.
|
||||
* @param size The number of vertices.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void transform(vertex * dst, const vertex * src, int size) const;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Matrix
|
||||
|
||||
} //love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif// LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class is the basis for all transformations in LOVE. Althought not
|
||||
* really needed for 2D, it contains 4x4 elements to be compatible with
|
||||
* OpenGL without conversions.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Matrix
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* | e0 e4 e8 e12 |
|
||||
* | e1 e5 e9 e13 |
|
||||
* | e2 e6 e10 e14 |
|
||||
* | e3 e7 e11 e15 |
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float e[16];
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new identity matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Matrix();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
~Matrix();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with another Matrix, changing neither.
|
||||
* @param m The Matrix to multiply with this Matrix.
|
||||
* @return The combined matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Matrix operator * (const Matrix & m) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies a Matrix into this Matrix.
|
||||
* @param m The Matrix to combine into this Matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator *= (const Matrix & m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the 16 array elements.
|
||||
* @return The array elements.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
const float * getElements() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to the identity matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setIdentity();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a translation.
|
||||
* @param x Translation along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y Translation along y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setTranslation(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a rotation.
|
||||
* @param r The angle in radians.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setRotation(float r);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a scale transformation.
|
||||
* @param sx Scale factor along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale factor along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setScale(float sx, float sy);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to a shear transformation.
|
||||
* @param kx Shear along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param ky Shear along y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setShear(float kx, float ky);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a transformation with a certain position, orientation, scale
|
||||
* and offset. Perfect for Drawables -- what a coincidence!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x The translation along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y The translation along the y-axis.
|
||||
* @param angle The rotation (rad) around the center with offset (ox,oy).
|
||||
* @param sx Scale along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale along y-axis.
|
||||
* @param ox The offset for rotation along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param oy The offset for rotation along the y-axis.
|
||||
* @param kx Shear along x-axis
|
||||
* @param ky Shear along y-axis
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setTransformation(float x, float y, float angle, float sx, float sy, float ox, float oy, float kx, float ky);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a translation.
|
||||
* @param x Translation along x-axis.
|
||||
* @param y Translation along y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void translate(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a rotation.
|
||||
* @param r Angle in radians.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void rotate(float r);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a scale transformation.
|
||||
* @param sx Scale factor along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param sy Scale factor along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void scale(float sx, float sy);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiplies this Matrix with a shear transformation.
|
||||
* @param kx Shear along the x-axis.
|
||||
* @param ky Shear along the y-axis.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void shear(float kx, float ky);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transforms an array of vertices by this Matrix. The sources and
|
||||
* destination arrays may be the same.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Storage for the transformed vertices.
|
||||
* @param src The source vertices.
|
||||
* @param size The number of vertices.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void transform(vertex * dst, const vertex * src, int size) const;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Matrix
|
||||
|
||||
} //love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif// LOVE_MATRIX_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
#include "Memoizer.h"
|
||||
#include <cstddef>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
std::map<void *, void *> Memoizer::objectMap;
|
||||
|
||||
void Memoizer::add(void * key, void * val)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objectMap[key] = val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Memoizer::remove(void * key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
objectMap.erase(key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void * Memoizer::find(void * key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (objectMap.count(key)) return objectMap[key];
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -18,24 +18,29 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_THREAD_THREAD_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_THREAD_THREAD_H
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_MEMOIZER_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_MEMOIZER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <common/Module.h>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace thread
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ThreadModule : public Module
|
||||
class Memoizer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~ThreadModule(){};
|
||||
virtual void unregister(const std::string & name) = 0;
|
||||
}; // ThreadModule
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
static std::map<void *, void *> objectMap;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static void add(void * key, void * val);
|
||||
|
||||
static void remove(void * key);
|
||||
|
||||
static void * find(void * key);
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Memoizer
|
||||
|
||||
} // thread
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_THREAD_THREAD_H
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MEMOIZER_H
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Abstract superclass for all modules.
|
||||
* Abstract superclass for all modules.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Module : public Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ namespace love
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the name of the module. This is used in case of errors
|
||||
* and other messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The full name of the module, eg. love.graphics.opengl.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The full name of the module, eg. love.graphics.opengl.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual const char * getName() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
void Object::release()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(--count <= 0)
|
||||
if (--count <= 0)
|
||||
delete this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
|
||||
+81
-70
@@ -1,70 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Reference.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
Reference::Reference()
|
||||
: L(0), idx(LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference::Reference(lua_State * L)
|
||||
: L(0), idx(LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ref(L);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference::~Reference()
|
||||
{
|
||||
unref();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::ref(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unref(); // Just to be safe.
|
||||
this->L = L;
|
||||
idx = luaL_ref(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::unref()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(idx != LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luaL_unref(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, idx);
|
||||
idx = LUA_REFNIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::push()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(idx != LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
lua_rawgeti(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, idx);
|
||||
else
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lua_State * Reference::getL()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return L;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Reference.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME[] = "love-references";
|
||||
|
||||
Reference::Reference()
|
||||
: L(0), idx(LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference::Reference(lua_State * L)
|
||||
: L(0), idx(LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ref(L);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference::~Reference()
|
||||
{
|
||||
unref();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::ref(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unref(); // Just to be safe.
|
||||
this->L = L;
|
||||
luax_insist(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME);
|
||||
lua_insert(L, -2); // Move reference table behind value.
|
||||
idx = luaL_ref(L, -2);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::unref()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (idx != LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_insist(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME);
|
||||
luaL_unref(L, -1, idx);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
idx = LUA_REFNIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Reference::push()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (idx != LUA_REFNIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_insist(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, REFERENCE_TABLE_NAME);
|
||||
lua_rawgeti(L, -1, idx);
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lua_State * Reference::getL()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return L;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
Reference();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates the object and a reference to the value
|
||||
* Creates the object and a reference to the value
|
||||
* on the top of the stack.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Reference(lua_State * L);
|
||||
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ namespace love
|
||||
* Deletes the reference, if any.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual ~Reference();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a reference to the value on the
|
||||
* top of the stack.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void ref(lua_State * L);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
+23
-20
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ namespace love
|
||||
StringMap(Entry * entries, unsigned num)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
for(unsigned i = 0; i < SIZE; ++i)
|
||||
for (unsigned i = 0; i < SIZE; ++i)
|
||||
reverse[i] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned n = num/sizeof(Entry);
|
||||
|
||||
for(unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
||||
for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
add(entries[i].key, entries[i].value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
bool streq(const char * a, const char * b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(*a != 0 && *b != 0)
|
||||
while (*a != 0 && *b != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(*a != *b)
|
||||
if (*a != *b)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
++a;
|
||||
++b;
|
||||
@@ -80,15 +80,18 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
bool find(const char * key, T & t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//unsigned str_hash = djb2(key);
|
||||
unsigned str_hash = djb2(key);
|
||||
|
||||
for(unsigned i = 0; i < MAX; ++i)
|
||||
for (unsigned i = 0; i < MAX; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//unsigned str_i = (str_hash + i) % MAX; //this isn't used, is this intentional?
|
||||
unsigned str_i = (str_hash + i) % MAX; //this isn't used, is this intentional?
|
||||
|
||||
if(records[i].set && streq(records[i].key, key))
|
||||
if (!records[str_i].set)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (streq(records[str_i].key, key))
|
||||
{
|
||||
t = records[i].value;
|
||||
t = records[str_i].value;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -100,10 +103,10 @@ namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned index = (unsigned)key;
|
||||
|
||||
if(index >= SIZE)
|
||||
if (index >= SIZE)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if(reverse[index] != 0)
|
||||
|
||||
if (reverse[index] != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
str = reverse[index];
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
@@ -118,12 +121,12 @@ namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned str_hash = djb2(key);
|
||||
bool inserted = false;
|
||||
|
||||
for(unsigned i = 0; i < MAX; ++i)
|
||||
|
||||
for (unsigned i = 0; i < MAX; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned str_i = (str_hash + i) % MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!records[str_i].set)
|
||||
if (!records[str_i].set)
|
||||
{
|
||||
inserted = true;
|
||||
records[str_i].set = true;
|
||||
@@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned index = (unsigned)value;
|
||||
|
||||
if(index >= SIZE)
|
||||
if (index >= SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\nConstant %s out of bounds with %i!\n", key, index);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Variant.h"
|
||||
#include <common/StringMap.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern StringMap<Type, TYPE_MAX_ENUM> types;
|
||||
|
||||
love::Type extractudatatype(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Type t = INVALID_ID;
|
||||
if (!lua_isuserdata(L, idx))
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
if (luaL_getmetafield (L, idx, "__tostring") == 0)
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, idx);
|
||||
int result = lua_pcall(L, 1, 1, 0);
|
||||
if (result == 0)
|
||||
types.find(lua_tostring(L, -1), t);
|
||||
if (result == 0 || result == LUA_ERRRUN)
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(bool boolean)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = BOOLEAN;
|
||||
data.boolean = boolean;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(double number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = NUMBER;
|
||||
data.number = number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(const char *string, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = STRING;
|
||||
char *buf = new char[len+1];
|
||||
memset(buf, 0, len+1);
|
||||
memcpy(buf, string, len);
|
||||
data.string.str = buf;
|
||||
data.string.len = len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(char c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = CHARACTER;
|
||||
data.character = c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(void *userdata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = LUSERDATA;
|
||||
data.userdata = userdata;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(love::Type udatatype, void *userdata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = FUSERDATA;
|
||||
this->udatatype = udatatype;
|
||||
if (udatatype != INVALID_ID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy *p = (Proxy *) userdata;
|
||||
flags = p->flags;
|
||||
data.userdata = p->data;
|
||||
((love::Object *) data.userdata)->retain();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
data.userdata = userdata;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::~Variant()
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case STRING:
|
||||
delete[] data.string.str;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUSERDATA:
|
||||
((love::Object *) data.userdata)->release();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant *Variant::fromLua(lua_State *L, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Variant *v = NULL;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
switch(lua_type(L, n))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LUA_TBOOLEAN:
|
||||
v = new Variant(luax_toboolean(L, n));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUA_TNUMBER:
|
||||
v = new Variant(lua_tonumber(L, n));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUA_TSTRING:
|
||||
str = lua_tolstring(L, n, &len);
|
||||
v = new Variant(str, len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA:
|
||||
v = new Variant(lua_touserdata(L, n));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUA_TUSERDATA:
|
||||
v = new Variant(extractudatatype(L, n), lua_touserdata(L, n));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Variant::toLua(lua_State *L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case BOOLEAN:
|
||||
lua_pushboolean(L, data.boolean);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CHARACTER:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, &data.character, 1);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case NUMBER:
|
||||
lua_pushnumber(L, data.number);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, data.string.str, data.string.len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUSERDATA:
|
||||
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, data.userdata);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUSERDATA:
|
||||
if (udatatype != INVALID_ID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *name = NULL;
|
||||
love::types.find(udatatype, name);
|
||||
((love::Object *) data.userdata)->retain();
|
||||
luax_newtype(L, name, flags, data.userdata);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, data.userdata);
|
||||
// I know this is not the same
|
||||
// sadly, however, it's the most
|
||||
// I can do (at the moment).
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_VARIANT_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_VARIANT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <common/runtime.h>
|
||||
#include <common/Object.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
class Variant : public love::Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
UNKNOWN = 0,
|
||||
BOOLEAN,
|
||||
NUMBER,
|
||||
CHARACTER,
|
||||
STRING,
|
||||
LUSERDATA,
|
||||
FUSERDATA
|
||||
} type;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool boolean;
|
||||
char character;
|
||||
double number;
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
} string;
|
||||
void *userdata;
|
||||
} data;
|
||||
love::Type udatatype;
|
||||
bits flags;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
Variant(bool boolean);
|
||||
Variant(double number);
|
||||
Variant(const char *string, size_t len);
|
||||
Variant(char c);
|
||||
Variant(void *userdata);
|
||||
Variant(love::Type udatatype, void *userdata);
|
||||
virtual ~Variant();
|
||||
|
||||
static Variant *fromLua(lua_State *L, int n);
|
||||
void toLua(lua_State *L);
|
||||
}; // Variant
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_VARIANT_H
|
||||
+25
-25
@@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Vector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Implementation in header.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Vector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Implementation in header.
|
||||
}
|
||||
+310
-310
@@ -1,310 +1,310 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "Matrix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 2D Vector class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @author Anders Ruud
|
||||
* @date 2006-05-13
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Vector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
// The components.
|
||||
float x, y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new (1,1) Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new Vector.
|
||||
* @param x The x position/dimension.
|
||||
* @param y The y position/dimension.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the length of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The length of the Vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This method requires sqrt() and should be used
|
||||
* carefully.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Normalizes the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The old length of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a normal to the Vector.
|
||||
* @return A normal to the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
Vector getNormal() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds a Vector to this Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to add to this Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator + (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Substracts a Vector to this Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to subtract to this Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator - (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes a Vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar with which to resize the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator * (float s) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes a Vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar with which to resize the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator / (float s) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reverses the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The reversed Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator - () const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds a Vector to this Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to add to this Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator += (const Vector & v);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtracts a Vector to this Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to subtract to this Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator -= (const Vector & v);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes the Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar by which we want to resize the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator *= (float s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes the Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar by which we want to resize the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator /= (float s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculates the dot product of two Vectors.
|
||||
* @return The dot product of the two Vectors.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float operator * (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculates the cross product of two Vectors.
|
||||
* @return The cross product of the two Vectors.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float operator ^ (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator == (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator < (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getX() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getY() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @param The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setX(float x);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @param The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setY(float y);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sqrt(x*x + y*y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::getNormal() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(-y, x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
float len = getLength();
|
||||
|
||||
if(len > 0)
|
||||
(*this) /= len;
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Inline methods must have body in header.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector::Vector()
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = 1;
|
||||
y = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector::Vector(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->x = x;
|
||||
this->y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator + (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x + v.x, y + v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator - (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x - v.getX(), y - v.getY());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator * (float s) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x*s, y*s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator / (float s) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x/s, y/s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator - () const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(-x, -y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator += (const Vector & v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.getX();
|
||||
y += v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator -= (const Vector & v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.getX();
|
||||
y -= v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator *= (float s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= s;
|
||||
y *= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator /= (float s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x /= s;
|
||||
y /= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::operator * (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * v.getX() + y * v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::operator ^ (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * v.getY() - y * v.getX();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Vector::operator == (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getLength() == v.getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Vector::operator < (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getLength() < v.getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessor methods
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getX() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getY() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::setX(float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->x = x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::setY(float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif// LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "Matrix.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 2D Vector class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @author Anders Ruud
|
||||
* @date 2006-05-13
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class Vector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
// The components.
|
||||
float x, y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new (1,1) Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new Vector.
|
||||
* @param x The x position/dimension.
|
||||
* @param y The y position/dimension.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector(float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the length of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The length of the Vector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This method requires sqrt() and should be used
|
||||
* carefully.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Normalizes the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The old length of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a normal to the Vector.
|
||||
* @return A normal to the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
Vector getNormal() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds a Vector to this Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to add to this Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator + (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Substracts a Vector to this Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to subtract to this Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator - (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes a Vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar with which to resize the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator * (float s) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes a Vector by a scalar.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar with which to resize the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The resulting Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator / (float s) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reverses the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The reversed Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
Vector operator - () const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds a Vector to this Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to add to this Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator += (const Vector & v);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtracts a Vector to this Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param v The Vector we want to subtract to this Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator -= (const Vector & v);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes the Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar by which we want to resize the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator *= (float s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resizes the Vector, and also saves changes in the first Vector.
|
||||
* @param s The scalar by which we want to resize the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void operator /= (float s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculates the dot product of two Vectors.
|
||||
* @return The dot product of the two Vectors.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float operator * (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculates the cross product of two Vectors.
|
||||
* @return The cross product of the two Vectors.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float operator ^ (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator == (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator < (const Vector & v) const;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getX() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @return The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
float getY() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @param The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setX(float x);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the x value of the Vector.
|
||||
* @param The x value of the Vector.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setY(float y);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sqrt(x*x + y*y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::getNormal() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(-y, x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
float len = getLength();
|
||||
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
(*this) /= len;
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Inline methods must have body in header.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector::Vector()
|
||||
{
|
||||
x = 1;
|
||||
y = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector::Vector(float x, float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->x = x;
|
||||
this->y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator + (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x + v.x, y + v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator - (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x - v.getX(), y - v.getY());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator * (float s) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x*s, y*s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator / (float s) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(x/s, y/s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Vector Vector::operator - () const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector(-x, -y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator += (const Vector & v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.getX();
|
||||
y += v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator -= (const Vector & v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.getX();
|
||||
y -= v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator *= (float s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= s;
|
||||
y *= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::operator /= (float s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x /= s;
|
||||
y /= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::operator * (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * v.getX() + y * v.getY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::operator ^ (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * v.getY() - y * v.getX();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Vector::operator == (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getLength() == v.getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Vector::operator < (const Vector & v) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getLength() < v.getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessor methods
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getX() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float Vector::getY() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::setX(float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->x = x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Vector::setY(float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->y = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif// LOVE_VECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
+14
-13
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
static const char cd64[]="|$$$}rstuvwxyz{$$$$$$$>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVW$$$$$$XYZ[\\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopq";
|
||||
|
||||
void b64_decode_block(char in[4], char out[3])
|
||||
{
|
||||
{
|
||||
out[0] = (char)(in[0] << 2 | in[1] >> 4);
|
||||
out[1] = (char)(in[1] << 4 | in[2] >> 2);
|
||||
out[2] = (char)(((in[2] << 6) & 0xc0) | in[3]);
|
||||
@@ -41,33 +41,34 @@ namespace love
|
||||
char in[4], out[3], v;
|
||||
int i, len, pos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(pos <= slen)
|
||||
while (pos <= slen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(len = 0, i = 0; i < 4 && pos <= slen; i++ )
|
||||
for (len = 0, i = 0; i < 4 && pos <= slen; i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
v = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(pos <= slen && v == 0 )
|
||||
while (pos <= slen && v == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
v = src[pos++];
|
||||
v = (char)((v < 43 || v > 122) ? 0 : cd64[v - 43]);
|
||||
if(v)
|
||||
if (v)
|
||||
v = (char)((v == '$') ? 0 : v - 61);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pos <= slen)
|
||||
if (pos <= slen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
len++;
|
||||
if(v)
|
||||
if (v)
|
||||
in[i] = (char)(v - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
in[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(len) {
|
||||
if (len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b64_decode_block(in, out);
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < len - 1; i++)
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len - 1; i++)
|
||||
*(d++) = out[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
|
||||
+14
-4
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@
|
||||
# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_UNUSED
|
||||
# define LOVE_UNUSED(x) (void)sizeof(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_BUILD
|
||||
# define LOVE_BUILD
|
||||
# define LOVE_BUILD_STANDALONE
|
||||
@@ -68,4 +72,10 @@
|
||||
# define NOMINMAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Autotools config.h
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <../config.h>
|
||||
# undef VERSION
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "delay.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love {
|
||||
|
||||
void delay(unsigned int ms) {
|
||||
#if LOVE_THREADS == LOVE_THREADS_POSIX
|
||||
struct timespec ts1, ts2;
|
||||
|
||||
ts1.tv_sec = ms / 1000;
|
||||
ts1.tv_nsec = (ms % 1000) * 1000000;
|
||||
// FIXME: handle signals
|
||||
nanosleep(&ts1, &ts2);
|
||||
#elif LOVE_THREADS == LOVE_THREADS_WIN32
|
||||
Sleep(ms);
|
||||
#elif LOVE_THREADS == LOVE_THREADS_SDL
|
||||
SDL_Delay(ms);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace love
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DELAY_H_
|
||||
#define DELAY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <thread/threads.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love {
|
||||
|
||||
void delay(unsigned int ms);
|
||||
|
||||
}; // namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DELAY_H_ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_INT_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_INT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <common/config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_WINDOWS
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define LOVE_INT8_MAX 0x7F
|
||||
#define LOVE_UINT8_MAX 0xFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_INT16_MAX 0x7FFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_UINT16_MAX 0xFFFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_INT32_MAX 0x7FFFFFFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_UINT32_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_INT64_MAX 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#define LOVE_UINT64_MAX 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Blame Microsoft
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_WINDOWS
|
||||
typedef __int8 int8;
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int8 uint8;
|
||||
typedef __int16 int16;
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int16 uint16;
|
||||
typedef __int32 int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int32 uint32;
|
||||
typedef __int64 int64;
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef int8_t int8;
|
||||
typedef uint8_t uint8;
|
||||
typedef int16_t int16;
|
||||
typedef uint16_t uint16;
|
||||
typedef int32_t int32;
|
||||
typedef uint32_t uint32;
|
||||
typedef int64_t int64;
|
||||
typedef uint64_t uint64;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_INT_H
|
||||
+98
-84
@@ -1,84 +1,98 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstdlib> // for rand()
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of useful mathematical constants
|
||||
* M_E - e
|
||||
* M_LOG2E - log2(e)
|
||||
* M_LOG10E - log10(e)
|
||||
* M_LN2 - ln(2)
|
||||
* M_LN10 - ln(10)
|
||||
* M_PI - pi
|
||||
* M_PI_2 - pi/2
|
||||
* M_PI_4 - pi/4
|
||||
* M_1_PI - 1/pi
|
||||
* M_2_PI - 2/pi
|
||||
* M_2_SQRTPI - 2/sqrt(pi)
|
||||
* M_SQRT2 - sqrt(2)
|
||||
* M_SQRT1_2 - 1/sqrt(2)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_E 2.71828182845904523536
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LOG2E 1.44269504088896340736
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LOG10E 0.434294481903251827651
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LN2 0.693147180559945309417
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI 3.14159265358979323846
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI_4 0.785398163397448309616
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_1_PI 0.318309886183790671538
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_2_PI 0.636619772367581343076
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_SQRT1_2 0.707106781186547524401
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_TORAD (float)(LOVE_M_PI/180.0)
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_TODEG (float)(180.0/LOVE_M_PI)
|
||||
#define LOVE_TORAD(x) (float)(x*LOVE_M_TORAD)
|
||||
#define LOVE_TODEG(x) (float)(x*LOVE_M_TODEG)
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
struct vertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char r, g, b, a;
|
||||
float x, y;
|
||||
float s, t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
inline T random()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return T(rand()) / (T(RAND_MAX)+T(1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
inline T random(T min, T max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return random<T>() * (max - min) + min;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <climits> // for CHAR_BIT
|
||||
#include <cstdlib> // for rand()
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of useful mathematical constants
|
||||
* M_E - e
|
||||
* M_LOG2E - log2(e)
|
||||
* M_LOG10E - log10(e)
|
||||
* M_LN2 - ln(2)
|
||||
* M_LN10 - ln(10)
|
||||
* M_PI - pi
|
||||
* M_PI_2 - pi/2
|
||||
* M_PI_4 - pi/4
|
||||
* M_1_PI - 1/pi
|
||||
* M_2_PI - 2/pi
|
||||
* M_2_SQRTPI - 2/sqrt(pi)
|
||||
* M_SQRT2 - sqrt(2)
|
||||
* M_SQRT1_2 - 1/sqrt(2)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_E 2.71828182845904523536
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LOG2E 1.44269504088896340736
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LOG10E 0.434294481903251827651
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LN2 0.693147180559945309417
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI 3.14159265358979323846
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_PI_4 0.785398163397448309616
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_1_PI 0.318309886183790671538
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_2_PI 0.636619772367581343076
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_SQRT1_2 0.707106781186547524401
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_TORAD (float)(LOVE_M_PI/180.0)
|
||||
#define LOVE_M_TODEG (float)(180.0/LOVE_M_PI)
|
||||
#define LOVE_TORAD(x) (float)(x*LOVE_M_TORAD)
|
||||
#define LOVE_TODEG(x) (float)(x*LOVE_M_TODEG)
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
struct vertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char r, g, b, a;
|
||||
float x, y;
|
||||
float s, t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline int next_p2(int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += (x == 0);
|
||||
x--;
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 1; i < sizeof(int)*CHAR_BIT; i <<= 1) x |= x >> i;
|
||||
return ++x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float next_p2(float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return static_cast<float>(next_p2(static_cast<int>(x)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
inline T random()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return T(rand()) / (T(RAND_MAX)+T(1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
inline T random(T min, T max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return random<T>() * (max - min) + min;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
+480
-432
@@ -1,432 +1,480 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "runtime.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "Module.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
#include "Reference.h"
|
||||
#include "StringMap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
|
||||
// SDL
|
||||
#include <SDL_mutex.h>
|
||||
#include <SDL_thread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
static SDL_mutex *gcmutex = 0;
|
||||
void *_gcmutex = 0;
|
||||
unsigned int _gcthread = 0;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called when an object is collected. The object is released
|
||||
* once in this function, possibly deleting it.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static int w__gc(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!gcmutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gcmutex = SDL_CreateMutex();
|
||||
_gcmutex = (void*) gcmutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
|
||||
Object * t = (Object *)p->data;
|
||||
if(p->own)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDL_mutexP(gcmutex);
|
||||
_gcthread = (unsigned int) SDL_ThreadID();
|
||||
t->release();
|
||||
SDL_mutexV(gcmutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int w__tostring(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int w__typeOf(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
|
||||
Type t = luax_type(L, 2);
|
||||
luax_pushboolean(L, p->flags[t]);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference * luax_refif(lua_State * L, int type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Reference * r = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a reference only if the test succeeds.
|
||||
if(lua_type(L, -1) == type)
|
||||
r = new Reference(L);
|
||||
else // Pop the value even if it fails (but also if it succeeds).
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_printstack(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for(int i = 1;i<=lua_gettop(L);i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << i << " - " << luaL_typename(L, i) << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_toboolean(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (lua_toboolean(L, idx) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_pushboolean(lua_State * L, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushboolean(L, b ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_optboolean(lua_State * L, int idx, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(lua_isboolean(L, idx) == 1)
|
||||
return (lua_toboolean(L, idx) == 1 ? true : false);
|
||||
return b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_argc(lua_State * L, int min)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int argc = lua_gettop(L);
|
||||
if( argc < min )
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Incorrect number of arguments. Got [%d], expected at least [%d]", argc, min);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_argc(lua_State * L, int min, int max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int argc = lua_gettop(L);
|
||||
if( argc < min || argc > max)
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Incorrect number of arguments. Got [%d], expected [%d-%d]", argc, min, max);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_function(lua_State * L, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!lua_isfunction(L, n))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Argument must be of type \"function\".");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_module(lua_State * L, const WrappedModule & m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Put a reference to the C++ module in Lua.
|
||||
luax_getregistry(L, REGISTRY_MODULES);
|
||||
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(Proxy));
|
||||
p->own = true;
|
||||
p->data = m.module;
|
||||
p->flags = m.flags;
|
||||
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, m.module->getName());
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index");
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__gc);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc");
|
||||
|
||||
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, m.name); // _modules[name] = proxy
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the love table.
|
||||
luax_insistglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
|
||||
// Create new table for module.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
|
||||
// Register all the functions.
|
||||
luaL_register(L, 0, m.functions);
|
||||
|
||||
// Register types.
|
||||
if(m.types != 0)
|
||||
for(const lua_CFunction * t = m.types; *t != 0; t++)
|
||||
(*t)(L);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, m.name); // love.graphics = table
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // love
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_preload(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f, const char * name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "package");
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, "preload");
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, f);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, name);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 2);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_type(lua_State * L, const char * tname, const luaL_Reg * f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, tname);
|
||||
|
||||
// m.__index = m
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index");
|
||||
|
||||
// setup gc
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__gc);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add tostring function.
|
||||
lua_pushstring(L, tname);
|
||||
lua_pushcclosure(L, w__tostring, 1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__tostring");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add tostring to as type() as well.
|
||||
lua_pushstring(L, tname);
|
||||
lua_pushcclosure(L, w__tostring, 1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "type");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add typeOf
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__typeOf);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "typeOf");
|
||||
|
||||
if(f != 0)
|
||||
luaL_register(L, 0, f);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pops metatable.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_searcher(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Add the package loader to the package.loaders table.
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "package");
|
||||
|
||||
if(lua_isnil(L, -1))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Can't register searcher: package table does not exist.");
|
||||
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, "loaders");
|
||||
|
||||
if(lua_isnil(L, -1))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Can't register searcher: package.loaders table does not exist.");
|
||||
|
||||
int len = lua_objlen(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_pushinteger(L, len+1);
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, f);
|
||||
lua_settable(L, -3);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 2);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_newtype(lua_State * L, const char * name, bits flags, void * data, bool own)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy * u = (Proxy *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(Proxy));
|
||||
|
||||
u->data = data;
|
||||
u->flags = flags;
|
||||
u->own = own;
|
||||
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, name);
|
||||
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_istype(lua_State * L, int idx, love::bits type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(lua_isuserdata(L, idx) == 0)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return ((((Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, idx))->flags & type) == type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_getfunction(lua_State * L, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
if(lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find global love!");
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, mod);
|
||||
if(lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find love.%s!", mod);
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, fn);
|
||||
if(lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find love.%s.%s!", mod, fn);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2); // remove mod
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2); // remove fn
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_convobj(lua_State * L, int idx, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Convert string to a file.
|
||||
luax_getfunction(L, mod, fn);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, idx); // The initial argument.
|
||||
lua_call(L, 1, 1); // Call the function, one arg, one return value.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, idx); // Replace the initial argument with the new object.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_convobj(lua_State * L, int idxs[], int n, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_getfunction(L, mod, fn);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, idxs[i]); // The arguments.
|
||||
}
|
||||
lua_call(L, n, 1); // Call the function, n args, one return value.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, idxs[0]); // Replace the initial argument with the new object.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_strtofile(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return luax_convobj(L, idx, "filesystem", "newFile");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_filetodata(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return luax_convobj(L, idx, "filesystem", "read");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insist(lua_State * L, int idx, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, idx, k);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create if necessary.
|
||||
if(!lua_istable(L, -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop the non-table.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1); // Duplicate the table to leave on top.
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -3, k); // k[idx] = table
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insistglobal(lua_State * L, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, k);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!lua_istable(L, -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop the non-table.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setglobal(L, k);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insistlove(lua_State * L, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_insistglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
luax_insist(L, -1, k);
|
||||
|
||||
// The love table should be replaced with the top stack
|
||||
// item. Only the reqested table should remain on the stack.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, -2);
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_getregistry(lua_State * L, Registry r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case REGISTRY_GC:
|
||||
return luax_insistlove(L, "_gc");
|
||||
case REGISTRY_MODULES:
|
||||
return luax_insistlove(L, "_modules");
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Attempted to use invalid registry.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
StringMap<Type, TYPE_MAX_ENUM>::Entry typeEntries[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{"Invalid", INVALID_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
{"Object", OBJECT_ID},
|
||||
{"Data", DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Module", MODULE_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem
|
||||
{"File", FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID},
|
||||
{"FileData", FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Font
|
||||
{"GlyphData", FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Rasterizer", FONT_RASTERIZER_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics
|
||||
{"Drawable", GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID},
|
||||
{"Image", GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID},
|
||||
{"Quad", GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID},
|
||||
{"Glyph", GRAPHICS_GLYPH_ID},
|
||||
{"Font", GRAPHICS_FONT_ID},
|
||||
{"ParticleSystem", GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID},
|
||||
{"SpriteBatch", GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID},
|
||||
{"VertexBuffer", GRAPHICS_VERTEX_BUFFER_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Image
|
||||
{"ImageData", IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio
|
||||
{"Source", AUDIO_SOURCE_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound
|
||||
{"SoundData", SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Decoder", SOUND_DECODER_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics
|
||||
{"World", PHYSICS_WORLD_ID},
|
||||
{"Contact", PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID},
|
||||
{"Body", PHYSICS_BODY_ID},
|
||||
{"Shape", PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"CircleShape", PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"PolygonShape", PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"Joint", PHYSICS_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"MouseJoint", PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"DistanceJoint", PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"PrismaticJoint", PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"RevoluteJoint", PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"PulleyJoint", PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"GearJoint", PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread
|
||||
{"Thread", THREAD_THREAD_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// The modules themselves. Only add abstracted modules here.
|
||||
{"filesystem", MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID},
|
||||
{"image", MODULE_IMAGE_ID},
|
||||
{"sound", MODULE_SOUND_ID},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
StringMap<Type, TYPE_MAX_ENUM> types(typeEntries, sizeof(typeEntries));
|
||||
|
||||
Type luax_type(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Type t = INVALID_ID;
|
||||
types.find(luaL_checkstring(L, idx), t);
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "runtime.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "Module.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
#include "Reference.h"
|
||||
#include "StringMap.h"
|
||||
#include <thread/threads.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
static thread::Mutex *gcmutex = 0;
|
||||
void *_gcmutex = 0;
|
||||
unsigned int _gcthread = 0;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called when an object is collected. The object is released
|
||||
* once in this function, possibly deleting it.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static int w__gc(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!gcmutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gcmutex = new thread::Mutex();
|
||||
_gcmutex = (void*) gcmutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
|
||||
Object * t = (Object *)p->data;
|
||||
if (p->own)
|
||||
{
|
||||
thread::Lock lock(gcmutex);
|
||||
_gcthread = thread::ThreadBase::threadId();
|
||||
t->release();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int w__tostring(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int w__typeOf(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
|
||||
Type t = luax_type(L, 2);
|
||||
luax_pushboolean(L, p->flags[t]);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int w__eq(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy * p1 = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
|
||||
Proxy * p2 = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, 2);
|
||||
luax_pushboolean(L, p1->data == p2->data);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Reference * luax_refif(lua_State * L, int type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Reference * r = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a reference only if the test succeeds.
|
||||
if (lua_type(L, -1) == type)
|
||||
r = new Reference(L);
|
||||
else // Pop the value even if it fails (but also if it succeeds).
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_printstack(lua_State * L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 1;i<=lua_gettop(L);i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << i << " - " << luaL_typename(L, i) << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_toboolean(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (lua_toboolean(L, idx) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_pushboolean(lua_State * L, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushboolean(L, b ? 1 : 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_optboolean(lua_State * L, int idx, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lua_isboolean(L, idx) == 1)
|
||||
return (lua_toboolean(L, idx) == 1 ? true : false);
|
||||
return b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string luax_checkstring(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
const char * str = luaL_checklstring(L, idx, &len);
|
||||
return std::string(str, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_pushstring(lua_State * L, std::string str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, str.data(), str.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_argc(lua_State * L, int min)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int argc = lua_gettop(L);
|
||||
if ( argc < min )
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Incorrect number of arguments. Got [%d], expected at least [%d]", argc, min);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_argc(lua_State * L, int min, int max)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int argc = lua_gettop(L);
|
||||
if ( argc < min || argc > max)
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Incorrect number of arguments. Got [%d], expected [%d-%d]", argc, min, max);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_assert_function(lua_State * L, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lua_isfunction(L, n))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Argument must be of type \"function\".");
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_module(lua_State * L, const WrappedModule & m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Put a reference to the C++ module in Lua.
|
||||
luax_getregistry(L, REGISTRY_MODULES);
|
||||
|
||||
Proxy * p = (Proxy *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(Proxy));
|
||||
p->own = true;
|
||||
p->data = m.module;
|
||||
p->flags = m.flags;
|
||||
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, m.module->getName());
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index");
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__gc);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc");
|
||||
|
||||
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, m.name); // _modules[name] = proxy
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the love table.
|
||||
luax_insistglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
|
||||
// Create new table for module.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
|
||||
// Register all the functions.
|
||||
luaL_register(L, 0, m.functions);
|
||||
|
||||
// Register types.
|
||||
if (m.types != 0)
|
||||
for (const lua_CFunction * t = m.types; *t != 0; t++)
|
||||
(*t)(L);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -3, m.name); // love.graphics = table
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2); // love
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_preload(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f, const char * name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "package");
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, "preload");
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, f);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, name);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 2);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_type(lua_State * L, const char * tname, const luaL_Reg * f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, tname);
|
||||
|
||||
// m.__index = m
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index");
|
||||
|
||||
// setup gc
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__gc);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add equality
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__eq);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__eq");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add tostring function.
|
||||
lua_pushstring(L, tname);
|
||||
lua_pushcclosure(L, w__tostring, 1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__tostring");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add tostring to as type() as well.
|
||||
lua_pushstring(L, tname);
|
||||
lua_pushcclosure(L, w__tostring, 1);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "type");
|
||||
|
||||
// Add typeOf
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, w__typeOf);
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, -2, "typeOf");
|
||||
|
||||
if (f != 0)
|
||||
luaL_register(L, 0, f);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pops metatable.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_table_insert(lua_State * L, int tindex, int vindex, int pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (tindex < 0)
|
||||
tindex = lua_gettop(L)+1+tindex;
|
||||
if (vindex < 0)
|
||||
vindex = lua_gettop(L)+1+vindex;
|
||||
if (pos == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, vindex);
|
||||
lua_rawseti(L, tindex, lua_objlen(L, tindex)+1);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pos < 0)
|
||||
pos = lua_objlen(L, tindex)+1+pos;
|
||||
for (int i = lua_objlen(L, tindex)+1; i > pos; i--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_rawgeti(L, tindex, i-1);
|
||||
lua_rawseti(L, tindex, i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, vindex);
|
||||
lua_rawseti(L, tindex, pos);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_register_searcher(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f, int pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Add the package loader to the package.loaders table.
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "package");
|
||||
|
||||
if (lua_isnil(L, -1))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Can't register searcher: package table does not exist.");
|
||||
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, "loaders");
|
||||
|
||||
if (lua_isnil(L, -1))
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Can't register searcher: package.loaders table does not exist.");
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pushcfunction(L, f);
|
||||
luax_table_insert(L, -2, -1, pos);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 3);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_newtype(lua_State * L, const char * name, bits flags, void * data, bool own)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy * u = (Proxy *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(Proxy));
|
||||
|
||||
u->data = data;
|
||||
u->flags = flags;
|
||||
u->own = own;
|
||||
|
||||
luaL_newmetatable(L, name);
|
||||
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_istype(lua_State * L, int idx, love::bits type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lua_isuserdata(L, idx) == 0)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return ((((Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, idx))->flags & type) == type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_getfunction(lua_State * L, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find global love!");
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, mod);
|
||||
if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find love.%s!", mod);
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, fn);
|
||||
if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) return luaL_error(L, "Could not find love.%s.%s!", mod, fn);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2); // remove mod
|
||||
lua_remove(L, -2); // remove fn
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_convobj(lua_State * L, int idx, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Convert string to a file.
|
||||
luax_getfunction(L, mod, fn);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, idx); // The initial argument.
|
||||
lua_call(L, 1, 1); // Call the function, one arg, one return value.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, idx); // Replace the initial argument with the new object.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_convobj(lua_State * L, int idxs[], int n, const char * mod, const char * fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_getfunction(L, mod, fn);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, idxs[i]); // The arguments.
|
||||
}
|
||||
lua_call(L, n, 1); // Call the function, n args, one return value.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, idxs[0]); // Replace the initial argument with the new object.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_strtofile(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return luax_convobj(L, idx, "filesystem", "newFile");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_filetodata(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return luax_convobj(L, idx, "filesystem", "read");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insist(lua_State * L, int idx, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Convert to absolute index if necessary.
|
||||
if (idx < 0 && idx > LUA_REGISTRYINDEX)
|
||||
idx = lua_gettop(L) + ++idx;
|
||||
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, idx, k);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create if necessary.
|
||||
if (!lua_istable(L, -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop the non-table.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1); // Duplicate the table to leave on top.
|
||||
lua_setfield(L, idx, k); // lua_stack[idx][k] = lua_stack[-1] (table)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insistglobal(lua_State * L, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, k);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!lua_istable(L, -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop the non-table.
|
||||
lua_newtable(L);
|
||||
lua_pushvalue(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_setglobal(L, k);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_insistlove(lua_State * L, const char * k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_insistglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
luax_insist(L, -1, k);
|
||||
|
||||
// The love table should be replaced with the top stack
|
||||
// item. Only the reqested table should remain on the stack.
|
||||
lua_replace(L, -2);
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_getregistry(lua_State * L, Registry r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case REGISTRY_GC:
|
||||
return luax_insistlove(L, "_gc");
|
||||
case REGISTRY_MODULES:
|
||||
return luax_insistlove(L, "_modules");
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return luaL_error(L, "Attempted to use invalid registry.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
StringMap<Type, TYPE_MAX_ENUM>::Entry typeEntries[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{"Invalid", INVALID_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
{"Object", OBJECT_ID},
|
||||
{"Data", DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Module", MODULE_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem
|
||||
{"File", FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID},
|
||||
{"FileData", FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Font
|
||||
{"GlyphData", FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Rasterizer", FONT_RASTERIZER_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics
|
||||
{"Drawable", GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID},
|
||||
{"Image", GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID},
|
||||
{"Quad", GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID},
|
||||
{"Font", GRAPHICS_FONT_ID},
|
||||
{"ParticleSystem", GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID},
|
||||
{"SpriteBatch", GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID},
|
||||
{"Canvas", GRAPHICS_CANVAS_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Image
|
||||
{"ImageData", IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio
|
||||
{"Source", AUDIO_SOURCE_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound
|
||||
{"SoundData", SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID},
|
||||
{"Decoder", SOUND_DECODER_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics
|
||||
{"World", PHYSICS_WORLD_ID},
|
||||
{"Contact", PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID},
|
||||
{"Body", PHYSICS_BODY_ID},
|
||||
{"Shape", PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"CircleShape", PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"PolygonShape", PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID},
|
||||
{"Joint", PHYSICS_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"MouseJoint", PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"DistanceJoint", PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"PrismaticJoint", PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"RevoluteJoint", PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"PulleyJoint", PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
{"GearJoint", PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread
|
||||
{"Thread", THREAD_THREAD_ID},
|
||||
|
||||
// The modules themselves. Only add abstracted modules here.
|
||||
{"filesystem", MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID},
|
||||
{"image", MODULE_IMAGE_ID},
|
||||
{"sound", MODULE_SOUND_ID},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
StringMap<Type, TYPE_MAX_ENUM> types(typeEntries, sizeof(typeEntries));
|
||||
|
||||
Type luax_type(lua_State * L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Type t = INVALID_ID;
|
||||
types.find(luaL_checkstring(L, idx), t);
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+58
-9
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ namespace love
|
||||
* Converts the value at idx to a bool. It follow the same rules
|
||||
* as lua_toboolean, but returns a bool instead of an int.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index on the Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index on the Lua stack.
|
||||
* @return True if the value evaluates to true, false otherwise.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool luax_toboolean(lua_State * L, int idx);
|
||||
@@ -118,19 +118,36 @@ namespace love
|
||||
* Pushes a bool onto the stack. It's the same as lua_pushboolean,
|
||||
* but with bool instead of int.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @paarm b The bool to push.
|
||||
* @param b The bool to push.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void luax_pushboolean(lua_State * L, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Converts the value at idx to a bool, or if not present, b is returned.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index of the Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index of the Lua stack.
|
||||
* @param b The value to return if no value exist at the specified index.
|
||||
* @return True if the value evaluates to true, false otherwise.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool luax_optboolean(lua_State * L, int idx, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Converts the value at idx to a std::string. It takes care of the string
|
||||
* size and possible embedded nulls.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index on the Lua stack.
|
||||
* @return Copy of the string at the specified index.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string luax_checkstring(lua_State * L, int idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pushes a std::string onto the stack. It uses the length of the string
|
||||
* for lua_pushlstring's len argument.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param str The string to push.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void luax_pushstring(lua_State * L, std::string str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Require at least 'min' number of items on the stack.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
@@ -176,13 +193,23 @@ namespace love
|
||||
**/
|
||||
int luax_register_type(lua_State * L, const char * tname, const luaL_Reg * f = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do a table.insert from C
|
||||
* @param L the state
|
||||
* @param tindex the stack index of the table
|
||||
* @param vindex the stack index of the value
|
||||
* @param pos the position to insert it in
|
||||
**/
|
||||
int luax_table_insert(lua_State * L, int tindex, int vindex, int pos = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Register a new searcher function for package.loaders. This can for instance enable
|
||||
* loading of files through love.filesystem using standard require.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param f The searcher function.
|
||||
* @param pos The position to insert the loader in.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
int luax_register_searcher(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f);
|
||||
int luax_register_searcher(lua_State * L, lua_CFunction f, int pos = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new Lua-accessible object of the given type, and put it on the stack.
|
||||
@@ -273,6 +300,28 @@ namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
Type luax_type(lua_State * L, int idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the value at the specified index to an Lua number, and then
|
||||
* convert to a float.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
* @param idx The index on the stack.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline float luax_tofloat(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return static_cast<float>(lua_tonumber(L, idx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Like luax_tofloat, but checks that the value is a number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see luax_tofloat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline float luax_checkfloat(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return static_cast<float>(luaL_checknumber(L, idx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Converts the value at idx to the specified type without checking that
|
||||
* this conversion is valid. If the type has been previously verified with
|
||||
@@ -299,12 +348,12 @@ namespace love
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
T * luax_checktype(lua_State * L, int idx, const char * name, love::bits type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(lua_isuserdata(L, idx) == 0)
|
||||
if (lua_isuserdata(L, idx) == 0)
|
||||
luaL_error(L, "Incorrect parameter type: expected userdata.");
|
||||
|
||||
Proxy * u = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, idx);
|
||||
|
||||
if((u->flags & type) != type)
|
||||
if ((u->flags & type) != type)
|
||||
luaL_error(L, "Incorrect parameter type: expected %s", name);
|
||||
|
||||
return (T *)u->data;
|
||||
@@ -316,12 +365,12 @@ namespace love
|
||||
luax_getregistry(L, REGISTRY_MODULES);
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, -1, k);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!lua_isuserdata(L, -1))
|
||||
if (!lua_isuserdata(L, -1))
|
||||
luaL_error(L, "Tried to get nonexisting module %s.", k);
|
||||
|
||||
Proxy * u = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, -1);
|
||||
|
||||
if((u->flags & type) != type)
|
||||
if ((u->flags & type) != type)
|
||||
luaL_error(L, "Incorrect module %s", k);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
+173
-161
@@ -1,161 +1,173 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <bitset>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
INVALID_ID = 0,
|
||||
// Cross-module types.
|
||||
OBJECT_ID,
|
||||
DATA_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem.
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID,
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Font
|
||||
FONT_FONT_DATA_ID,
|
||||
FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID,
|
||||
FONT_RASTERIZER_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics
|
||||
GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_GLYPH_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_FONT_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_VERTEX_BUFFER_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_FRAMEBUFFER_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Image
|
||||
IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio
|
||||
AUDIO_SOURCE_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound
|
||||
SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID,
|
||||
SOUND_DECODER_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics
|
||||
PHYSICS_WORLD_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_BODY_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread
|
||||
THREAD_THREAD_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// The modules themselves. Only add abstracted modules here.
|
||||
MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_IMAGE_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_SOUND_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Count the number of bits needed.
|
||||
TYPE_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::bitset<TYPE_MAX_ENUM> bits;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits INVALID_T = bits(1) << INVALID_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits OBJECT_T = bits(1) << OBJECT_ID;
|
||||
const bits DATA_T = (bits(1) << DATA_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem.
|
||||
const bits FILESYSTEM_FILE_T = (bits(1) << FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits FONT_FONT_DATA_T = (bits(1) << FONT_FONT_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits FONT_GLYPH_DATA_T = (bits(1) << FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits FONT_RASTERIZER_T = (bits(1) << FONT_RASTERIZER_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_IMAGE_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_QUAD_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_GLYPH_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_GLYPH_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_FONT_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_FONT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_VERTEX_BUFFER_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_VERTEX_BUFFER_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_FRAMEBUFFER_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_FRAMEBUFFER_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Image.
|
||||
const bits IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio.
|
||||
const bits AUDIO_SOURCE_T = (bits(1) << AUDIO_SOURCE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound.
|
||||
const bits SOUND_SOUND_DATA_T = (bits(1) << SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits SOUND_DECODER_T = bits(1) << SOUND_DECODER_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics.
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_WORLD_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_WORLD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_CONTACT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_BODY_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_BODY_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_JOINT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread.
|
||||
const bits THREAD_THREAD_T = (bits(1) << THREAD_THREAD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Modules.
|
||||
const bits MODULE_FILESYSTEM_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_IMAGE_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_IMAGE_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_SOUND_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_SOUND_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
|
||||
bool getType(const char * in, Type & out);
|
||||
bool getType(Type in, const char *& out);
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <bitset>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
INVALID_ID = 0,
|
||||
// Cross-module types.
|
||||
OBJECT_ID,
|
||||
DATA_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem.
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID,
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Font
|
||||
FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID,
|
||||
FONT_RASTERIZER_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics
|
||||
GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_DRAWQABLE_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_FONT_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_CANVAS_ID,
|
||||
GRAPHICS_PIXELEFFECT_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Image
|
||||
IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio
|
||||
AUDIO_SOURCE_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound
|
||||
SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID,
|
||||
SOUND_DECODER_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics
|
||||
PHYSICS_WORLD_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_BODY_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_FIXTURE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_EDGE_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_CHAIN_SHAPE_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_FRICTION_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_WELD_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_ROPE_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
PHYSICS_WHEEL_JOINT_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread
|
||||
THREAD_THREAD_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// The modules themselves. Only add abstracted modules here.
|
||||
MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_IMAGE_ID,
|
||||
MODULE_SOUND_ID,
|
||||
|
||||
// Count the number of bits needed.
|
||||
TYPE_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef std::bitset<TYPE_MAX_ENUM> bits;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits INVALID_T = bits(1) << INVALID_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits OBJECT_T = bits(1) << OBJECT_ID;
|
||||
const bits DATA_T = (bits(1) << DATA_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Filesystem.
|
||||
const bits FILESYSTEM_FILE_T = (bits(1) << FILESYSTEM_FILE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << FILESYSTEM_FILE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
|
||||
const bits FONT_GLYPH_DATA_T = (bits(1) << FONT_GLYPH_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits FONT_RASTERIZER_T = (bits(1) << FONT_RASTERIZER_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_DRAWQABLE_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_DRAWQABLE_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_IMAGE_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_IMAGE_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWQABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_QUAD_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_QUAD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_FONT_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_FONT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_SPRITE_BATCH_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_CANVAS_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_CANVAS_ID) | GRAPHICS_DRAWQABLE_T;
|
||||
const bits GRAPHICS_PIXELEFFECT_T = (bits(1) << GRAPHICS_PIXELEFFECT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Image.
|
||||
const bits IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << IMAGE_IMAGE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_T = (bits(1) << IMAGE_ENCODED_IMAGE_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Audio.
|
||||
const bits AUDIO_SOURCE_T = (bits(1) << AUDIO_SOURCE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sound.
|
||||
const bits SOUND_SOUND_DATA_T = (bits(1) << SOUND_SOUND_DATA_ID) | DATA_T;
|
||||
const bits SOUND_DECODER_T = bits(1) << SOUND_DECODER_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
// Physics.
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_WORLD_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_WORLD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_CONTACT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_CONTACT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_BODY_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_BODY_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_FIXTURE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_FIXTURE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_SHAPE_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_CIRCLE_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_POLYGON_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_EDGE_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_EDGE_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_CHAIN_SHAPE_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_CHAIN_SHAPE_ID) | PHYSICS_SHAPE_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_JOINT_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_MOUSE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_DISTANCE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_PRISMATIC_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_REVOLUTE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_PULLEY_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_GEAR_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_FRICTION_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_FRICTION_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_WELD_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_WELD_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_ROPE_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_ROPE_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
const bits PHYSICS_WHEEL_JOINT_T = (bits(1) << PHYSICS_WHEEL_JOINT_ID) | PHYSICS_JOINT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Thread.
|
||||
const bits THREAD_THREAD_T = (bits(1) << THREAD_THREAD_ID) | OBJECT_T;
|
||||
|
||||
// Modules.
|
||||
const bits MODULE_FILESYSTEM_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_FILESYSTEM_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_IMAGE_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_IMAGE_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
const bits MODULE_SOUND_T = (bits(1) << MODULE_SOUND_ID) | MODULE_T;
|
||||
|
||||
bool getType(const char * in, Type & out);
|
||||
bool getType(Type in, const char *& out);
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
+12
-12
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ namespace love
|
||||
// Convert to UTF-8.
|
||||
int ok = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wstr, wide_len, utf8_str, utf8_size, 0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!ok)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete [] utf8_str;
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::string ret;
|
||||
if (ok)
|
||||
ret = utf8_str;
|
||||
|
||||
return ok ? std::string(utf8_str) : std::string();
|
||||
delete utf8_str;
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void replace_char(std::string & str, char find, char replace)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int length = str.length();
|
||||
|
||||
for(int i = 0; i<length; i++)
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i<length; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(str[i] == find)
|
||||
if (str[i] == find)
|
||||
str[i] = replace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_WINDOWS
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_WINDOWS
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -25,12 +25,11 @@ namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Version stuff.
|
||||
const int VERSION_MAJOR = 0;
|
||||
const int VERSION_MINOR = 7;
|
||||
const int VERSION_REV = 1;
|
||||
const int VERSION = VERSION_MAJOR*100 + VERSION_MINOR*10 + VERSION_REV;
|
||||
const int VERSION_COMPATIBILITY[] = { VERSION, 070, 0 };
|
||||
const char * VERSION_STR = "0.7.1";
|
||||
const char * VERSION_CODENAME = "Game Slave";
|
||||
const int VERSION_MINOR = 8;
|
||||
const int VERSION_REV = 0;
|
||||
const char * VERSION = "0.8.0";
|
||||
const char * VERSION_COMPATIBILITY[] = { VERSION, 0 };
|
||||
const char * VERSION_CODENAME = "Rubber Piggy";
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ namespace love
|
||||
luax_register_type(L, "Data", w_Data_functions);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+67
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOX2D_H
|
||||
#define BOX2D_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\mainpage Box2D API Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
\section intro_sec Getting Started
|
||||
|
||||
For documentation please see http://box2d.org/documentation.html
|
||||
|
||||
For discussion please visit http://box2d.org/forum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+171
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainShape::~b2ChainShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_vertices);
|
||||
m_vertices = NULL;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_vertices == NULL && m_count == 0);
|
||||
b2Assert(count >= 3);
|
||||
m_count = count + 1;
|
||||
m_vertices = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
memcpy(m_vertices, vertices, count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
m_vertices[count] = m_vertices[0];
|
||||
m_prevVertex = m_vertices[m_count - 2];
|
||||
m_nextVertex = m_vertices[1];
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = true;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_vertices == NULL && m_count == 0);
|
||||
b2Assert(count >= 2);
|
||||
m_count = count;
|
||||
m_vertices = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
memcpy(m_vertices, vertices, m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = false;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::SetPrevVertex(const b2Vec2& prevVertex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_prevVertex = prevVertex;
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::SetNextVertex(const b2Vec2& nextVertex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nextVertex = nextVertex;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape* b2ChainShape::Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainShape));
|
||||
b2ChainShape* clone = new (mem) b2ChainShape;
|
||||
clone->CreateChain(m_vertices, m_count);
|
||||
clone->m_prevVertex = m_prevVertex;
|
||||
clone->m_nextVertex = m_nextVertex;
|
||||
clone->m_hasPrevVertex = m_hasPrevVertex;
|
||||
clone->m_hasNextVertex = m_hasNextVertex;
|
||||
return clone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2ChainShape::GetChildCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// edge count = vertex count - 1
|
||||
return m_count - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count - 1);
|
||||
edge->m_type = b2Shape::e_edge;
|
||||
edge->m_radius = m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
edge->m_vertex1 = m_vertices[index + 0];
|
||||
edge->m_vertex2 = m_vertices[index + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
if (index > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
edge->m_vertex0 = m_vertices[index - 1];
|
||||
edge->m_hasVertex0 = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
edge->m_vertex0 = m_prevVertex;
|
||||
edge->m_hasVertex0 = m_hasPrevVertex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (index < m_count - 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
edge->m_vertex3 = m_vertices[index + 2];
|
||||
edge->m_hasVertex3 = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
edge->m_vertex3 = m_nextVertex;
|
||||
edge->m_hasVertex3 = m_hasNextVertex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2ChainShape::TestPoint(const b2Transform& xf, const b2Vec2& p) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(xf);
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(p);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2ChainShape::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(childIndex < m_count);
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeShape edgeShape;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 i1 = childIndex;
|
||||
int32 i2 = childIndex + 1;
|
||||
if (i2 == m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i2 = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
edgeShape.m_vertex1 = m_vertices[i1];
|
||||
edgeShape.m_vertex2 = m_vertices[i2];
|
||||
|
||||
return edgeShape.RayCast(output, input, xf, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(childIndex < m_count);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 i1 = childIndex;
|
||||
int32 i2 = childIndex + 1;
|
||||
if (i2 == m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i2 = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1 = b2Mul(xf, m_vertices[i1]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 v2 = b2Mul(xf, m_vertices[i2]);
|
||||
|
||||
aabb->lowerBound = b2Min(v1, v2);
|
||||
aabb->upperBound = b2Max(v1, v2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainShape::ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(density);
|
||||
|
||||
massData->mass = 0.0f;
|
||||
massData->center.SetZero();
|
||||
massData->I = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
+102
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
|
||||
/// The chain has two-sided collision, so you can use inside and outside collision.
|
||||
/// Therefore, you may use any winding order.
|
||||
/// Since there may be many vertices, they are allocated using b2Alloc.
|
||||
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
|
||||
/// WARNING: The chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
|
||||
class b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
|
||||
~b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a chain with isolated end vertices.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that precedes the first vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetPrevVertex(const b2Vec2& prevVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that follows the last vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetNextVertex(const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a child edge.
|
||||
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This always return false.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Chains have zero mass.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertex count.
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
|
||||
bool m_hasPrevVertex, m_hasNextVertex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_chain;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertices = NULL;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = NULL;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+100
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape* b2CircleShape::Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2CircleShape));
|
||||
b2CircleShape* clone = new (mem) b2CircleShape;
|
||||
*clone = *this;
|
||||
return clone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2CircleShape::GetChildCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2CircleShape::TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 center = transform.p + b2Mul(transform.q, m_p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = p - center;
|
||||
return b2Dot(d, d) <= m_radius * m_radius;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Collision Detection in Interactive 3D Environments by Gino van den Bergen
|
||||
// From Section 3.1.2
|
||||
// x = s + a * r
|
||||
// norm(x) = radius
|
||||
bool b2CircleShape::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 position = transform.p + b2Mul(transform.q, m_p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 s = input.p1 - position;
|
||||
float32 b = b2Dot(s, s) - m_radius * m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve quadratic equation.
|
||||
b2Vec2 r = input.p2 - input.p1;
|
||||
float32 c = b2Dot(s, r);
|
||||
float32 rr = b2Dot(r, r);
|
||||
float32 sigma = c * c - rr * b;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for negative discriminant and short segment.
|
||||
if (sigma < 0.0f || rr < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the point of intersection of the line with the circle.
|
||||
float32 a = -(c + b2Sqrt(sigma));
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the intersection point on the segment?
|
||||
if (0.0f <= a && a <= input.maxFraction * rr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
a /= rr;
|
||||
output->fraction = a;
|
||||
output->normal = s + a * r;
|
||||
output->normal.Normalize();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleShape::ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 p = transform.p + b2Mul(transform.q, m_p);
|
||||
aabb->lowerBound.Set(p.x - m_radius, p.y - m_radius);
|
||||
aabb->upperBound.Set(p.x + m_radius, p.y + m_radius);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleShape::ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
massData->mass = density * b2_pi * m_radius * m_radius;
|
||||
massData->center = m_p;
|
||||
|
||||
// inertia about the local origin
|
||||
massData->I = massData->mass * (0.5f * m_radius * m_radius + b2Dot(m_p, m_p));
|
||||
}
|
||||
+91
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A circle shape.
|
||||
class b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2CircleShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_p;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_circle;
|
||||
m_radius = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_p.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2CircleShape::GetSupport(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(index);
|
||||
b2Assert(index == 0);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+139
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeShape::Set(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vertex1 = v1;
|
||||
m_vertex2 = v2;
|
||||
m_hasVertex0 = false;
|
||||
m_hasVertex3 = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape* b2EdgeShape::Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2EdgeShape));
|
||||
b2EdgeShape* clone = new (mem) b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
*clone = *this;
|
||||
return clone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2EdgeShape::GetChildCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2EdgeShape::TestPoint(const b2Transform& xf, const b2Vec2& p) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(xf);
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(p);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// p = p1 + t * d
|
||||
// v = v1 + s * e
|
||||
// p1 + t * d = v1 + s * e
|
||||
// s * e - t * d = p1 - v1
|
||||
bool b2EdgeShape::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Put the ray into the edge's frame of reference.
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = b2MulT(xf.q, input.p1 - xf.p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = b2MulT(xf.q, input.p2 - xf.p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1 = m_vertex1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 v2 = m_vertex2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e = v2 - v1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal(e.y, -e.x);
|
||||
normal.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
// q = p1 + t * d
|
||||
// dot(normal, q - v1) = 0
|
||||
// dot(normal, p1 - v1) + t * dot(normal, d) = 0
|
||||
float32 numerator = b2Dot(normal, v1 - p1);
|
||||
float32 denominator = b2Dot(normal, d);
|
||||
|
||||
if (denominator == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 t = numerator / denominator;
|
||||
if (t < 0.0f || input.maxFraction < t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 q = p1 + t * d;
|
||||
|
||||
// q = v1 + s * r
|
||||
// s = dot(q - v1, r) / dot(r, r)
|
||||
b2Vec2 r = v2 - v1;
|
||||
float32 rr = b2Dot(r, r);
|
||||
if (rr == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(q - v1, r) / rr;
|
||||
if (s < 0.0f || 1.0f < s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
output->fraction = t;
|
||||
if (numerator > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output->normal = -normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
output->normal = normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeShape::ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1 = b2Mul(xf, m_vertex1);
|
||||
b2Vec2 v2 = b2Mul(xf, m_vertex2);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 lower = b2Min(v1, v2);
|
||||
b2Vec2 upper = b2Max(v1, v2);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 r(m_radius, m_radius);
|
||||
aabb->lowerBound = lower - r;
|
||||
aabb->upperBound = upper + r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeShape::ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(density);
|
||||
|
||||
massData->mass = 0.0f;
|
||||
massData->center = 0.5f * (m_vertex1 + m_vertex2);
|
||||
massData->I = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
+74
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
|
||||
/// to other edge shapes. The connectivity information is used to ensure
|
||||
/// correct contact normals.
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2EdgeShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this as an isolated edge.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// These are the edge vertices
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
|
||||
bool m_hasVertex0, m_hasVertex3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_edge;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_hasVertex0 = false;
|
||||
m_hasVertex3 = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+361
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape* b2PolygonShape::Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PolygonShape));
|
||||
b2PolygonShape* clone = new (mem) b2PolygonShape;
|
||||
*clone = *this;
|
||||
return clone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonShape::SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vertexCount = 4;
|
||||
m_vertices[0].Set(-hx, -hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[1].Set( hx, -hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[2].Set( hx, hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[3].Set(-hx, hy);
|
||||
m_normals[0].Set(0.0f, -1.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[1].Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[2].Set(0.0f, 1.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[3].Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
m_centroid.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonShape::SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy, const b2Vec2& center, float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vertexCount = 4;
|
||||
m_vertices[0].Set(-hx, -hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[1].Set( hx, -hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[2].Set( hx, hy);
|
||||
m_vertices[3].Set(-hx, hy);
|
||||
m_normals[0].Set(0.0f, -1.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[1].Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[2].Set(0.0f, 1.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[3].Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
m_centroid = center;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform xf;
|
||||
xf.p = center;
|
||||
xf.q.Set(angle);
|
||||
|
||||
// Transform vertices and normals.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vertices[i] = b2Mul(xf, m_vertices[i]);
|
||||
m_normals[i] = b2Mul(xf.q, m_normals[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2PolygonShape::GetChildCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static b2Vec2 ComputeCentroid(const b2Vec2* vs, int32 count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(count >= 3);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 c; c.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
float32 area = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
// pRef is the reference point for forming triangles.
|
||||
// It's location doesn't change the result (except for rounding error).
|
||||
b2Vec2 pRef(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// This code would put the reference point inside the polygon.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pRef += vs[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
pRef *= 1.0f / count;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
const float32 inv3 = 1.0f / 3.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Triangle vertices.
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = pRef;
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = vs[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p3 = i + 1 < count ? vs[i+1] : vs[0];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 e1 = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e2 = p3 - p1;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 D = b2Cross(e1, e2);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 triangleArea = 0.5f * D;
|
||||
area += triangleArea;
|
||||
|
||||
// Area weighted centroid
|
||||
c += triangleArea * inv3 * (p1 + p2 + p3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Centroid
|
||||
b2Assert(area > b2_epsilon);
|
||||
c *= 1.0f / area;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonShape::Set(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(3 <= count && count <= b2_maxPolygonVertices);
|
||||
m_vertexCount = count;
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy vertices.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vertices[i] = vertices[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normals. Ensure the edges have non-zero length.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 i1 = i;
|
||||
int32 i2 = i + 1 < m_vertexCount ? i + 1 : 0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge = m_vertices[i2] - m_vertices[i1];
|
||||
b2Assert(edge.LengthSquared() > b2_epsilon * b2_epsilon);
|
||||
m_normals[i] = b2Cross(edge, 1.0f);
|
||||
m_normals[i].Normalize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
// Ensure the polygon is convex and the interior
|
||||
// is to the left of each edge.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 i1 = i;
|
||||
int32 i2 = i + 1 < m_vertexCount ? i + 1 : 0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge = m_vertices[i2] - m_vertices[i1];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < m_vertexCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Don't check vertices on the current edge.
|
||||
if (j == i1 || j == i2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 r = m_vertices[j] - m_vertices[i1];
|
||||
|
||||
// If this crashes, your polygon is non-convex, has colinear edges,
|
||||
// or the winding order is wrong.
|
||||
float32 s = b2Cross(edge, r);
|
||||
b2Assert(s > 0.0f && "ERROR: Please ensure your polygon is convex and has a CCW winding order");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the polygon centroid.
|
||||
m_centroid = ComputeCentroid(m_vertices, m_vertexCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2PolygonShape::TestPoint(const b2Transform& xf, const b2Vec2& p) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pLocal = b2MulT(xf.q, p - xf.p);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dot = b2Dot(m_normals[i], pLocal - m_vertices[i]);
|
||||
if (dot > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2PolygonShape::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Put the ray into the polygon's frame of reference.
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = b2MulT(xf.q, input.p1 - xf.p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = b2MulT(xf.q, input.p2 - xf.p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 lower = 0.0f, upper = input.maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 index = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// p = p1 + a * d
|
||||
// dot(normal, p - v) = 0
|
||||
// dot(normal, p1 - v) + a * dot(normal, d) = 0
|
||||
float32 numerator = b2Dot(m_normals[i], m_vertices[i] - p1);
|
||||
float32 denominator = b2Dot(m_normals[i], d);
|
||||
|
||||
if (denominator == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (numerator < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Note: we want this predicate without division:
|
||||
// lower < numerator / denominator, where denominator < 0
|
||||
// Since denominator < 0, we have to flip the inequality:
|
||||
// lower < numerator / denominator <==> denominator * lower > numerator.
|
||||
if (denominator < 0.0f && numerator < lower * denominator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Increase lower.
|
||||
// The segment enters this half-space.
|
||||
lower = numerator / denominator;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (denominator > 0.0f && numerator < upper * denominator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Decrease upper.
|
||||
// The segment exits this half-space.
|
||||
upper = numerator / denominator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// The use of epsilon here causes the assert on lower to trip
|
||||
// in some cases. Apparently the use of epsilon was to make edge
|
||||
// shapes work, but now those are handled separately.
|
||||
//if (upper < lower - b2_epsilon)
|
||||
if (upper < lower)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0.0f <= lower && lower <= input.maxFraction);
|
||||
|
||||
if (index >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output->fraction = lower;
|
||||
output->normal = b2Mul(xf.q, m_normals[index]);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonShape::ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(childIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 lower = b2Mul(xf, m_vertices[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 upper = lower;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v = b2Mul(xf, m_vertices[i]);
|
||||
lower = b2Min(lower, v);
|
||||
upper = b2Max(upper, v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 r(m_radius, m_radius);
|
||||
aabb->lowerBound = lower - r;
|
||||
aabb->upperBound = upper + r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonShape::ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Polygon mass, centroid, and inertia.
|
||||
// Let rho be the polygon density in mass per unit area.
|
||||
// Then:
|
||||
// mass = rho * int(dA)
|
||||
// centroid.x = (1/mass) * rho * int(x * dA)
|
||||
// centroid.y = (1/mass) * rho * int(y * dA)
|
||||
// I = rho * int((x*x + y*y) * dA)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We can compute these integrals by summing all the integrals
|
||||
// for each triangle of the polygon. To evaluate the integral
|
||||
// for a single triangle, we make a change of variables to
|
||||
// the (u,v) coordinates of the triangle:
|
||||
// x = x0 + e1x * u + e2x * v
|
||||
// y = y0 + e1y * u + e2y * v
|
||||
// where 0 <= u && 0 <= v && u + v <= 1.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We integrate u from [0,1-v] and then v from [0,1].
|
||||
// We also need to use the Jacobian of the transformation:
|
||||
// D = cross(e1, e2)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Simplification: triangle centroid = (1/3) * (p1 + p2 + p3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The rest of the derivation is handled by computer algebra.
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(m_vertexCount >= 3);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 center; center.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
float32 area = 0.0f;
|
||||
float32 I = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
// s is the reference point for forming triangles.
|
||||
// It's location doesn't change the result (except for rounding error).
|
||||
b2Vec2 s(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// This code would put the reference point inside the polygon.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s += m_vertices[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
s *= 1.0f / m_vertexCount;
|
||||
|
||||
const float32 k_inv3 = 1.0f / 3.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Triangle vertices.
|
||||
b2Vec2 e1 = m_vertices[i] - s;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e2 = i + 1 < m_vertexCount ? m_vertices[i+1] - s : m_vertices[0] - s;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 D = b2Cross(e1, e2);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 triangleArea = 0.5f * D;
|
||||
area += triangleArea;
|
||||
|
||||
// Area weighted centroid
|
||||
center += triangleArea * k_inv3 * (e1 + e2);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 ex1 = e1.x, ey1 = e1.y;
|
||||
float32 ex2 = e2.x, ey2 = e2.y;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 intx2 = ex1*ex1 + ex2*ex1 + ex2*ex2;
|
||||
float32 inty2 = ey1*ey1 + ey2*ey1 + ey2*ey2;
|
||||
|
||||
I += (0.25f * k_inv3 * D) * (intx2 + inty2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Total mass
|
||||
massData->mass = density * area;
|
||||
|
||||
// Center of mass
|
||||
b2Assert(area > b2_epsilon);
|
||||
center *= 1.0f / area;
|
||||
massData->center = center + s;
|
||||
|
||||
// Inertia tensor relative to the local origin (point s).
|
||||
massData->I = density * I;
|
||||
|
||||
// Shift to center of mass then to original body origin.
|
||||
massData->I += massData->mass * (b2Dot(massData->center, massData->center) - b2Dot(center, center));
|
||||
}
|
||||
+95
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A convex polygon. It is assumed that the interior of the polygon is to
|
||||
/// the left of each edge.
|
||||
/// Polygons have a maximum number of vertices equal to b2_maxPolygonVertices.
|
||||
/// In most cases you should not need many vertices for a convex polygon.
|
||||
class b2PolygonShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2PolygonShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Copy vertices. This assumes the vertices define a convex polygon.
|
||||
/// It is assumed that the exterior is the the right of each edge.
|
||||
/// The count must be in the range [3, b2_maxPolygonVertices].
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an axis-aligned box.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an oriented box.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
/// @param center the center of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param angle the rotation of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy, const b2Vec2& center, float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return m_vertexCount; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_centroid;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
int32 m_vertexCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2PolygonShape::b2PolygonShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_polygon;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertexCount = 0;
|
||||
m_centroid.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2PolygonShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_vertexCount);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+101
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This holds the mass data computed for a shape.
|
||||
struct b2MassData
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The mass of the shape, usually in kilograms.
|
||||
float32 mass;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the shape's centroid relative to the shape's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 center;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The rotational inertia of the shape about the local origin.
|
||||
float32 I;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A shape is used for collision detection. You can create a shape however you like.
|
||||
/// Shapes used for simulation in b2World are created automatically when a b2Fixture
|
||||
/// is created. Shapes may encapsulate a one or more child shapes.
|
||||
class b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_circle = 0,
|
||||
e_edge = 1,
|
||||
e_polygon = 2,
|
||||
e_chain = 3,
|
||||
e_typeCount = 4
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Shape() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clone the concrete shape using the provided allocator.
|
||||
virtual b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the type of this shape. You can use this to down cast to the concrete shape.
|
||||
/// @return the shape type.
|
||||
Type GetType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of child primitives.
|
||||
virtual int32 GetChildCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test a point for containment in this shape. This only works for convex shapes.
|
||||
/// @param xf the shape world transform.
|
||||
/// @param p a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
virtual bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& xf, const b2Vec2& p) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Cast a ray against a child shape.
|
||||
/// @param output the ray-cast results.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input parameters.
|
||||
/// @param transform the transform to be applied to the shape.
|
||||
/// @param childIndex the child shape index
|
||||
virtual bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Given a transform, compute the associated axis aligned bounding box for a child shape.
|
||||
/// @param aabb returns the axis aligned box.
|
||||
/// @param xf the world transform of the shape.
|
||||
/// @param childIndex the child shape
|
||||
virtual void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the mass properties of this shape using its dimensions and density.
|
||||
/// The inertia tensor is computed about the local origin.
|
||||
/// @param massData returns the mass data for this shape.
|
||||
/// @param density the density in kilograms per meter squared.
|
||||
virtual void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
Type m_type;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Shape::Type b2Shape::GetType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+122
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase::b2BroadPhase()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_proxyCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_pairCapacity = 16;
|
||||
m_pairCount = 0;
|
||||
m_pairBuffer = (b2Pair*)b2Alloc(m_pairCapacity * sizeof(b2Pair));
|
||||
|
||||
m_moveCapacity = 16;
|
||||
m_moveCount = 0;
|
||||
m_moveBuffer = (int32*)b2Alloc(m_moveCapacity * sizeof(int32));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase::~b2BroadPhase()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_moveBuffer);
|
||||
b2Free(m_pairBuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2BroadPhase::CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyId = m_tree.CreateProxy(aabb, userData);
|
||||
++m_proxyCount;
|
||||
BufferMove(proxyId);
|
||||
return proxyId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UnBufferMove(proxyId);
|
||||
--m_proxyCount;
|
||||
m_tree.DestroyProxy(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb, const b2Vec2& displacement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool buffer = m_tree.MoveProxy(proxyId, aabb, displacement);
|
||||
if (buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BufferMove(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::TouchProxy(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BufferMove(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::BufferMove(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_moveCount == m_moveCapacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32* oldBuffer = m_moveBuffer;
|
||||
m_moveCapacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_moveBuffer = (int32*)b2Alloc(m_moveCapacity * sizeof(int32));
|
||||
memcpy(m_moveBuffer, oldBuffer, m_moveCount * sizeof(int32));
|
||||
b2Free(oldBuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_moveBuffer[m_moveCount] = proxyId;
|
||||
++m_moveCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::UnBufferMove(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_moveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_moveBuffer[i] == proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_moveBuffer[i] = e_nullProxy;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// This is called from b2DynamicTree::Query when we are gathering pairs.
|
||||
bool b2BroadPhase::QueryCallback(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// A proxy cannot form a pair with itself.
|
||||
if (proxyId == m_queryProxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Grow the pair buffer as needed.
|
||||
if (m_pairCount == m_pairCapacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* oldBuffer = m_pairBuffer;
|
||||
m_pairCapacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_pairBuffer = (b2Pair*)b2Alloc(m_pairCapacity * sizeof(b2Pair));
|
||||
memcpy(m_pairBuffer, oldBuffer, m_pairCount * sizeof(b2Pair));
|
||||
b2Free(oldBuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_pairBuffer[m_pairCount].proxyIdA = b2Min(proxyId, m_queryProxyId);
|
||||
m_pairBuffer[m_pairCount].proxyIdB = b2Max(proxyId, m_queryProxyId);
|
||||
++m_pairCount;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+248
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
#define B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyIdA;
|
||||
int32 proxyIdB;
|
||||
int32 next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The broad-phase is used for computing pairs and performing volume queries and ray casts.
|
||||
/// This broad-phase does not persist pairs. Instead, this reports potentially new pairs.
|
||||
/// It is up to the client to consume the new pairs and to track subsequent overlap.
|
||||
class b2BroadPhase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_nullProxy = -1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase();
|
||||
~b2BroadPhase();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a proxy with an initial AABB. Pairs are not reported until
|
||||
/// UpdatePairs is called.
|
||||
int32 CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a proxy. It is up to the client to remove any pairs.
|
||||
void DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call MoveProxy as many times as you like, then when you are done
|
||||
/// call UpdatePairs to finalized the proxy pairs (for your time step).
|
||||
void MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb, const b2Vec2& displacement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call to trigger a re-processing of it's pairs on the next call to UpdatePairs.
|
||||
void TouchProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns NULL if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test overlap of fat AABBs.
|
||||
bool TestOverlap(int32 proxyIdA, int32 proxyIdB) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of proxies.
|
||||
int32 GetProxyCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the pairs. This results in pair callbacks. This can only add pairs.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void UpdatePairs(T* callback);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Query an AABB for overlapping proxies. The callback class
|
||||
/// is called for each proxy that overlaps the supplied AABB.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast against the proxies in the tree. This relies on the callback
|
||||
/// to perform a exact ray-cast in the case were the proxy contains a shape.
|
||||
/// The callback also performs the any collision filtering. This has performance
|
||||
/// roughly equal to k * log(n), where k is the number of collisions and n is the
|
||||
/// number of proxies in the tree.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
/// @param callback a callback class that is called for each proxy that is hit by the ray.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the height of the embedded tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeHeight() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the balance of the embedded tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the quality metric of the embedded tree.
|
||||
float32 GetTreeQuality() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2DynamicTree;
|
||||
|
||||
void BufferMove(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
void UnBufferMove(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
bool QueryCallback(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
b2DynamicTree m_tree;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_proxyCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int32* m_moveBuffer;
|
||||
int32 m_moveCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_moveCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Pair* m_pairBuffer;
|
||||
int32 m_pairCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_pairCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_queryProxyId;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to sort pairs.
|
||||
inline bool b2PairLessThan(const b2Pair& pair1, const b2Pair& pair2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA < pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA == pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pair1.proxyIdB < pair2.proxyIdB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2BroadPhase::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetUserData(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2BroadPhase::TestOverlap(int32 proxyIdA, int32 proxyIdB) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2AABB& aabbA = m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyIdA);
|
||||
const b2AABB& aabbB = m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyIdB);
|
||||
return b2TestOverlap(aabbA, aabbB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2BroadPhase::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetProxyCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_proxyCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeHeight() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetHeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeBalance() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetMaxBalance();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetAreaRatio();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::UpdatePairs(T* callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset pair buffer
|
||||
m_pairCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Perform tree queries for all moving proxies.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_moveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_queryProxyId = m_moveBuffer[i];
|
||||
if (m_queryProxyId == e_nullProxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We have to query the tree with the fat AABB so that
|
||||
// we don't fail to create a pair that may touch later.
|
||||
const b2AABB& fatAABB = m_tree.GetFatAABB(m_queryProxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
// Query tree, create pairs and add them pair buffer.
|
||||
m_tree.Query(this, fatAABB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset move buffer
|
||||
m_moveCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sort the pair buffer to expose duplicates.
|
||||
std::sort(m_pairBuffer, m_pairBuffer + m_pairCount, b2PairLessThan);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the pairs back to the client.
|
||||
int32 i = 0;
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* primaryPair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
void* userDataA = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdA);
|
||||
void* userDataB = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdB);
|
||||
|
||||
callback->AddPair(userDataA, userDataB);
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Skip any duplicate pairs.
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* pair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
if (pair->proxyIdA != primaryPair->proxyIdA || pair->proxyIdB != primaryPair->proxyIdB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to keep the tree balanced.
|
||||
//m_tree.Rebalance(4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2BroadPhase::Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tree.Query(callback, aabb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2BroadPhase::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tree.RayCast(callback, input);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+154
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CollideCircles(
|
||||
b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 pA = b2Mul(xfA, circleA->m_p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pB = b2Mul(xfB, circleB->m_p);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = pB - pA;
|
||||
float32 distSqr = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
float32 rA = circleA->m_radius, rB = circleB->m_radius;
|
||||
float32 radius = rA + rB;
|
||||
if (distSqr > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = circleA->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(
|
||||
b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute circle position in the frame of the polygon.
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = b2Mul(xfB, circleB->m_p);
|
||||
b2Vec2 cLocal = b2MulT(xfA, c);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the min separating edge.
|
||||
int32 normalIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 separation = -b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
float32 radius = polygonA->m_radius + circleB->m_radius;
|
||||
int32 vertexCount = polygonA->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* vertices = polygonA->m_vertices;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* normals = polygonA->m_normals;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(normals[i], cLocal - vertices[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Early out.
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
separation = s;
|
||||
normalIndex = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Vertices that subtend the incident face.
|
||||
int32 vertIndex1 = normalIndex;
|
||||
int32 vertIndex2 = vertIndex1 + 1 < vertexCount ? vertIndex1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1 = vertices[vertIndex1];
|
||||
b2Vec2 v2 = vertices[vertIndex2];
|
||||
|
||||
// If the center is inside the polygon ...
|
||||
if (separation < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = normals[normalIndex];
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = 0.5f * (v1 + v2);
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute barycentric coordinates
|
||||
float32 u1 = b2Dot(cLocal - v1, v2 - v1);
|
||||
float32 u2 = b2Dot(cLocal - v2, v1 - v2);
|
||||
if (u1 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2DistanceSquared(cLocal, v1) > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = cLocal - v1;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.Normalize();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = v1;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (u2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2DistanceSquared(cLocal, v2) > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = cLocal - v2;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.Normalize();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = v2;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 faceCenter = 0.5f * (v1 + v2);
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(cLocal - faceCenter, normals[vertIndex1]);
|
||||
if (separation > radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = normals[vertIndex1];
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = faceCenter;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+698
@@ -0,0 +1,698 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute contact points for edge versus circle.
|
||||
// This accounts for edge connectivity.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute circle in frame of edge
|
||||
b2Vec2 Q = b2MulT(xfA, b2Mul(xfB, circleB->m_p));
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 A = edgeA->m_vertex1, B = edgeA->m_vertex2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e = B - A;
|
||||
|
||||
// Barycentric coordinates
|
||||
float32 u = b2Dot(e, B - Q);
|
||||
float32 v = b2Dot(e, Q - A);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 radius = edgeA->m_radius + circleB->m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf;
|
||||
cf.indexB = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
// Region A
|
||||
if (v <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = A;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there an edge connected to A?
|
||||
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 A1 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 B1 = A;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e1 = B1 - A1;
|
||||
float32 u1 = b2Dot(e1, B1 - Q);
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the circle in Region AB of the previous edge?
|
||||
if (u1 > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = P;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Region B
|
||||
if (u <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = B;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there an edge connected to B?
|
||||
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 B2 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
|
||||
b2Vec2 A2 = B;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e2 = B2 - A2;
|
||||
float32 v2 = b2Dot(e2, Q - A2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the circle in Region AB of the next edge?
|
||||
if (v2 > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 1;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = P;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Region AB
|
||||
float32 den = b2Dot(e, e);
|
||||
b2Assert(den > 0.0f);
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = (1.0f / den) * (u * A + v * B);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 n(-e.y, e.x);
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n, Q - A) < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
n.Set(-n.x, -n.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
n.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = n;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = A;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// This structure is used to keep track of the best separating axis.
|
||||
struct b2EPAxis
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknown,
|
||||
e_edgeA,
|
||||
e_edgeB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Type type;
|
||||
int32 index;
|
||||
float32 separation;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This holds polygon B expressed in frame A.
|
||||
struct b2TempPolygon
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
b2Vec2 normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Reference face used for clipping
|
||||
struct b2ReferenceFace
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 i1, i2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1, v2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 sideNormal1;
|
||||
float32 sideOffset1;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 sideNormal2;
|
||||
float32 sideOffset2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This class collides and edge and a polygon, taking into account edge adjacency.
|
||||
struct b2EPCollider
|
||||
{
|
||||
void Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
b2EPAxis ComputeEdgeSeparation();
|
||||
b2EPAxis ComputePolygonSeparation();
|
||||
|
||||
enum VertexType
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_isolated,
|
||||
e_concave,
|
||||
e_convex
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2TempPolygon m_polygonB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform m_xf;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_centroidB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_v0, m_v1, m_v2, m_v3;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normal0, m_normal1, m_normal2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normal;
|
||||
VertexType m_type1, m_type2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_lowerLimit, m_upperLimit;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
bool m_front;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Algorithm:
|
||||
// 1. Classify v1 and v2
|
||||
// 2. Classify polygon centroid as front or back
|
||||
// 3. Flip normal if necessary
|
||||
// 4. Initialize normal range to [-pi, pi] about face normal
|
||||
// 5. Adjust normal range according to adjacent edges
|
||||
// 6. Visit each separating axes, only accept axes within the range
|
||||
// 7. Return if _any_ axis indicates separation
|
||||
// 8. Clip
|
||||
void b2EPCollider::Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_xf = b2MulT(xfA, xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_centroidB = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_centroid);
|
||||
|
||||
m_v0 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
|
||||
m_v1 = edgeA->m_vertex1;
|
||||
m_v2 = edgeA->m_vertex2;
|
||||
m_v3 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasVertex0 = edgeA->m_hasVertex0;
|
||||
bool hasVertex3 = edgeA->m_hasVertex3;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge1 = m_v2 - m_v1;
|
||||
edge1.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal1.Set(edge1.y, -edge1.x);
|
||||
float32 offset1 = b2Dot(m_normal1, m_centroidB - m_v1);
|
||||
float32 offset0 = 0.0f, offset2 = 0.0f;
|
||||
bool convex1 = false, convex2 = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there a preceding edge?
|
||||
if (hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge0 = m_v1 - m_v0;
|
||||
edge0.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal0.Set(edge0.y, -edge0.x);
|
||||
convex1 = b2Cross(edge0, edge1) >= 0.0f;
|
||||
offset0 = b2Dot(m_normal0, m_centroidB - m_v0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there a following edge?
|
||||
if (hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge2 = m_v3 - m_v2;
|
||||
edge2.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal2.Set(edge2.y, -edge2.x);
|
||||
convex2 = b2Cross(edge1, edge2) > 0.0f;
|
||||
offset2 = b2Dot(m_normal2, m_centroidB - m_v2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine front or back collision. Determine collision normal limits.
|
||||
if (hasVertex0 && hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex1 && convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (convex1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || (offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f);
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset2 >= 0.0f || (offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f);
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get polygonB in frameA
|
||||
m_polygonB.count = polygonB->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < polygonB->m_vertexCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_polygonB.vertices[i] = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_vertices[i]);
|
||||
m_polygonB.normals[i] = b2Mul(m_xf.q, polygonB->m_normals[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_radius = 2.0f * b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis edgeAxis = ComputeEdgeSeparation();
|
||||
|
||||
// If no valid normal can be found than this edge should not collide.
|
||||
if (edgeAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (edgeAxis.separation > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis polygonAxis = ComputePolygonSeparation();
|
||||
if (polygonAxis.type != b2EPAxis::e_unknown && polygonAxis.separation > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hysteresis for jitter reduction.
|
||||
const float32 k_relativeTol = 0.98f;
|
||||
const float32 k_absoluteTol = 0.001f;
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis primaryAxis;
|
||||
if (polygonAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (polygonAxis.separation > k_relativeTol * edgeAxis.separation + k_absoluteTol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = polygonAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ClipVertex ie[2];
|
||||
b2ReferenceFace rf;
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
|
||||
// Search for the polygon normal that is most anti-parallel to the edge normal.
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[0]);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[i]);
|
||||
if (value < bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 i1 = bestIndex;
|
||||
int32 i2 = i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? i1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[0].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i1];
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = i1;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[1].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i2];
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = i2;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rf.i1 = 0;
|
||||
rf.i2 = 1;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_v1;
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_v2;
|
||||
rf.normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
rf.i1 = 1;
|
||||
rf.i2 = 0;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_v2;
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_v1;
|
||||
rf.normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceB;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[0].v = m_v1;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = primaryAxis.index;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[1].v = m_v2;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = primaryAxis.index;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
|
||||
rf.i1 = primaryAxis.index;
|
||||
rf.i2 = rf.i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? rf.i1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i1];
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i2];
|
||||
rf.normal = m_polygonB.normals[rf.i1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rf.sideNormal1.Set(rf.normal.y, -rf.normal.x);
|
||||
rf.sideNormal2 = -rf.sideNormal1;
|
||||
rf.sideOffset1 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal1, rf.v1);
|
||||
rf.sideOffset2 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal2, rf.v2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip incident edge against extruded edge1 side edges.
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints1[2];
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints2[2];
|
||||
int32 np;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints1, ie, rf.sideNormal1, rf.sideOffset1, rf.i1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to negative box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints2, clipPoints1, rf.sideNormal2, rf.sideOffset2, rf.i2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now clipPoints2 contains the clipped points.
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = rf.normal;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = rf.v1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = polygonB->m_normals[rf.i1];
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = polygonB->m_vertices[rf.i1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 pointCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < b2_maxManifoldPoints; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 separation;
|
||||
|
||||
separation = b2Dot(rf.normal, clipPoints2[i].v - rf.v1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (separation <= m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* cp = manifold->points + pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp->localPoint = b2MulT(m_xf, clipPoints2[i].v);
|
||||
cp->id = clipPoints2[i].id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp->localPoint = clipPoints2[i].v;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeA;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputeEdgeSeparation()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPAxis axis;
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeA;
|
||||
axis.index = m_front ? 0 : 1;
|
||||
axis.separation = FLT_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
|
||||
if (s < axis.separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputePolygonSeparation()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPAxis axis;
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_unknown;
|
||||
axis.index = -1;
|
||||
axis.separation = -FLT_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 perp(-m_normal.y, m_normal.x);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 n = -m_polygonB.normals[i];
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s1 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
|
||||
float32 s2 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v2);
|
||||
float32 s = b2Min(s1, s2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// No collision
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
|
||||
axis.index = i;
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Adjacency
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n, perp) >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n - m_upperLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n - m_lowerLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > axis.separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
|
||||
axis.index = i;
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPCollider collider;
|
||||
collider.Collide(manifold, edgeA, xfA, polygonB, xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
+317
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the separation between poly1 and poly2 for a give edge normal on poly1.
|
||||
static float32 b2EdgeSeparation(const b2PolygonShape* poly1, const b2Transform& xf1, int32 edge1,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly2, const b2Transform& xf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Vec2* vertices1 = poly1->m_vertices;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* normals1 = poly1->m_normals;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 count2 = poly2->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* vertices2 = poly2->m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= edge1 && edge1 < poly1->m_vertexCount);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert normal from poly1's frame into poly2's frame.
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal1World = b2Mul(xf1.q, normals1[edge1]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal1 = b2MulT(xf2.q, normal1World);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find support vertex on poly2 for -normal.
|
||||
int32 index = 0;
|
||||
float32 minDot = b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dot = b2Dot(vertices2[i], normal1);
|
||||
if (dot < minDot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minDot = dot;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1 = b2Mul(xf1, vertices1[edge1]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 v2 = b2Mul(xf2, vertices2[index]);
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(v2 - v1, normal1World);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the max separation between poly1 and poly2 using edge normals from poly1.
|
||||
static float32 b2FindMaxSeparation(int32* edgeIndex,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly1, const b2Transform& xf1,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly2, const b2Transform& xf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 count1 = poly1->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* normals1 = poly1->m_normals;
|
||||
|
||||
// Vector pointing from the centroid of poly1 to the centroid of poly2.
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = b2Mul(xf2, poly2->m_centroid) - b2Mul(xf1, poly1->m_centroid);
|
||||
b2Vec2 dLocal1 = b2MulT(xf1.q, d);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find edge normal on poly1 that has the largest projection onto d.
|
||||
int32 edge = 0;
|
||||
float32 maxDot = -b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count1; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dot = b2Dot(normals1[i], dLocal1);
|
||||
if (dot > maxDot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
maxDot = dot;
|
||||
edge = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the separation for the edge normal.
|
||||
float32 s = b2EdgeSeparation(poly1, xf1, edge, poly2, xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check the separation for the previous edge normal.
|
||||
int32 prevEdge = edge - 1 >= 0 ? edge - 1 : count1 - 1;
|
||||
float32 sPrev = b2EdgeSeparation(poly1, xf1, prevEdge, poly2, xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check the separation for the next edge normal.
|
||||
int32 nextEdge = edge + 1 < count1 ? edge + 1 : 0;
|
||||
float32 sNext = b2EdgeSeparation(poly1, xf1, nextEdge, poly2, xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the best edge and the search direction.
|
||||
int32 bestEdge;
|
||||
float32 bestSeparation;
|
||||
int32 increment;
|
||||
if (sPrev > s && sPrev > sNext)
|
||||
{
|
||||
increment = -1;
|
||||
bestEdge = prevEdge;
|
||||
bestSeparation = sPrev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sNext > s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
increment = 1;
|
||||
bestEdge = nextEdge;
|
||||
bestSeparation = sNext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*edgeIndex = edge;
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Perform a local search for the best edge normal.
|
||||
for ( ; ; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (increment == -1)
|
||||
edge = bestEdge - 1 >= 0 ? bestEdge - 1 : count1 - 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
edge = bestEdge + 1 < count1 ? bestEdge + 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
s = b2EdgeSeparation(poly1, xf1, edge, poly2, xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > bestSeparation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestEdge = edge;
|
||||
bestSeparation = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*edgeIndex = bestEdge;
|
||||
return bestSeparation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void b2FindIncidentEdge(b2ClipVertex c[2],
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly1, const b2Transform& xf1, int32 edge1,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly2, const b2Transform& xf2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Vec2* normals1 = poly1->m_normals;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 count2 = poly2->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* vertices2 = poly2->m_vertices;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* normals2 = poly2->m_normals;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= edge1 && edge1 < poly1->m_vertexCount);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the normal of the reference edge in poly2's frame.
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal1 = b2MulT(xf2.q, b2Mul(xf1.q, normals1[edge1]));
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the incident edge on poly2.
|
||||
int32 index = 0;
|
||||
float32 minDot = b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dot = b2Dot(normal1, normals2[i]);
|
||||
if (dot < minDot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minDot = dot;
|
||||
index = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Build the clip vertices for the incident edge.
|
||||
int32 i1 = index;
|
||||
int32 i2 = i1 + 1 < count2 ? i1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
c[0].v = b2Mul(xf2, vertices2[i1]);
|
||||
c[0].id.cf.indexA = (uint8)edge1;
|
||||
c[0].id.cf.indexB = (uint8)i1;
|
||||
c[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
c[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
c[1].v = b2Mul(xf2, vertices2[i2]);
|
||||
c[1].id.cf.indexA = (uint8)edge1;
|
||||
c[1].id.cf.indexB = (uint8)i2;
|
||||
c[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
c[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find edge normal of max separation on A - return if separating axis is found
|
||||
// Find edge normal of max separation on B - return if separation axis is found
|
||||
// Choose reference edge as min(minA, minB)
|
||||
// Find incident edge
|
||||
// Clip
|
||||
|
||||
// The normal points from 1 to 2
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polyA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polyB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
float32 totalRadius = polyA->m_radius + polyB->m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 edgeA = 0;
|
||||
float32 separationA = b2FindMaxSeparation(&edgeA, polyA, xfA, polyB, xfB);
|
||||
if (separationA > totalRadius)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 edgeB = 0;
|
||||
float32 separationB = b2FindMaxSeparation(&edgeB, polyB, xfB, polyA, xfA);
|
||||
if (separationB > totalRadius)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly1; // reference polygon
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* poly2; // incident polygon
|
||||
b2Transform xf1, xf2;
|
||||
int32 edge1; // reference edge
|
||||
uint8 flip;
|
||||
const float32 k_relativeTol = 0.98f;
|
||||
const float32 k_absoluteTol = 0.001f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (separationB > k_relativeTol * separationA + k_absoluteTol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
poly1 = polyB;
|
||||
poly2 = polyA;
|
||||
xf1 = xfB;
|
||||
xf2 = xfA;
|
||||
edge1 = edgeB;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceB;
|
||||
flip = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
poly1 = polyA;
|
||||
poly2 = polyB;
|
||||
xf1 = xfA;
|
||||
xf2 = xfB;
|
||||
edge1 = edgeA;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
flip = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ClipVertex incidentEdge[2];
|
||||
b2FindIncidentEdge(incidentEdge, poly1, xf1, edge1, poly2, xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 count1 = poly1->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
const b2Vec2* vertices1 = poly1->m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 iv1 = edge1;
|
||||
int32 iv2 = edge1 + 1 < count1 ? edge1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v11 = vertices1[iv1];
|
||||
b2Vec2 v12 = vertices1[iv2];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localTangent = v12 - v11;
|
||||
localTangent.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localNormal = b2Cross(localTangent, 1.0f);
|
||||
b2Vec2 planePoint = 0.5f * (v11 + v12);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 tangent = b2Mul(xf1.q, localTangent);
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Cross(tangent, 1.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
v11 = b2Mul(xf1, v11);
|
||||
v12 = b2Mul(xf1, v12);
|
||||
|
||||
// Face offset.
|
||||
float32 frontOffset = b2Dot(normal, v11);
|
||||
|
||||
// Side offsets, extended by polytope skin thickness.
|
||||
float32 sideOffset1 = -b2Dot(tangent, v11) + totalRadius;
|
||||
float32 sideOffset2 = b2Dot(tangent, v12) + totalRadius;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip incident edge against extruded edge1 side edges.
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints1[2];
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints2[2];
|
||||
int np;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints1, incidentEdge, -tangent, sideOffset1, iv1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < 2)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to negative box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints2, clipPoints1, tangent, sideOffset2, iv2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now clipPoints2 contains the clipped points.
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = localNormal;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = planePoint;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 pointCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < b2_maxManifoldPoints; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(normal, clipPoints2[i].v) - frontOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
if (separation <= totalRadius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* cp = manifold->points + pointCount;
|
||||
cp->localPoint = b2MulT(xf2, clipPoints2[i].v);
|
||||
cp->id = clipPoints2[i].id;
|
||||
if (flip)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Swap features
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf = cp->id.cf;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexA = cf.indexB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexB = cf.indexA;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeA = cf.typeB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeB = cf.typeA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
++pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
+249
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WorldManifold::Initialize(const b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, float32 radiusA,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB, float32 radiusB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manifold->pointCount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (manifold->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_circles:
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, manifold->localPoint);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, manifold->points[0].localPoint);
|
||||
if (b2DistanceSquared(pointA, pointB) > b2_epsilon * b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal = pointB - pointA;
|
||||
normal.Normalize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = pointA + radiusA * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = pointB - radiusB * normal;
|
||||
points[0] = 0.5f * (cA + cB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_faceA:
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal = b2Mul(xfA.q, manifold->localNormal);
|
||||
b2Vec2 planePoint = b2Mul(xfA, manifold->localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < manifold->pointCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 clipPoint = b2Mul(xfB, manifold->points[i].localPoint);
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = clipPoint + (radiusA - b2Dot(clipPoint - planePoint, normal)) * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = clipPoint - radiusB * normal;
|
||||
points[i] = 0.5f * (cA + cB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_faceB:
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal = b2Mul(xfB.q, manifold->localNormal);
|
||||
b2Vec2 planePoint = b2Mul(xfB, manifold->localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < manifold->pointCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 clipPoint = b2Mul(xfA, manifold->points[i].localPoint);
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = clipPoint + (radiusB - b2Dot(clipPoint - planePoint, normal)) * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = clipPoint - radiusA * normal;
|
||||
points[i] = 0.5f * (cA + cB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure normal points from A to B.
|
||||
normal = -normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
|
||||
const b2Manifold* manifold1, const b2Manifold* manifold2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < b2_maxManifoldPoints; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
state1[i] = b2_nullState;
|
||||
state2[i] = b2_nullState;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Detect persists and removes.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < manifold1->pointCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactID id = manifold1->points[i].id;
|
||||
|
||||
state1[i] = b2_removeState;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < manifold2->pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manifold2->points[j].id.key == id.key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
state1[i] = b2_persistState;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Detect persists and adds.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < manifold2->pointCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactID id = manifold2->points[i].id;
|
||||
|
||||
state2[i] = b2_addState;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < manifold1->pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manifold1->points[j].id.key == id.key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
state2[i] = b2_persistState;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// From Real-time Collision Detection, p179.
|
||||
bool b2AABB::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 tmin = -b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
float32 tmax = b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 p = input.p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = input.p2 - input.p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 absD = b2Abs(d);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (absD(i) < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Parallel.
|
||||
if (p(i) < lowerBound(i) || upperBound(i) < p(i))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 inv_d = 1.0f / d(i);
|
||||
float32 t1 = (lowerBound(i) - p(i)) * inv_d;
|
||||
float32 t2 = (upperBound(i) - p(i)) * inv_d;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sign of the normal vector.
|
||||
float32 s = -1.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (t1 > t2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Swap(t1, t2);
|
||||
s = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Push the min up
|
||||
if (t1 > tmin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal.SetZero();
|
||||
normal(i) = s;
|
||||
tmin = t1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Pull the max down
|
||||
tmax = b2Min(tmax, t2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tmin > tmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Does the ray start inside the box?
|
||||
// Does the ray intersect beyond the max fraction?
|
||||
if (tmin < 0.0f || input.maxFraction < tmin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Intersection.
|
||||
output->fraction = tmin;
|
||||
output->normal = normal;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sutherland-Hodgman clipping.
|
||||
int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 offset, int32 vertexIndexA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Start with no output points
|
||||
int32 numOut = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate the distance of end points to the line
|
||||
float32 distance0 = b2Dot(normal, vIn[0].v) - offset;
|
||||
float32 distance1 = b2Dot(normal, vIn[1].v) - offset;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the points are behind the plane
|
||||
if (distance0 <= 0.0f) vOut[numOut++] = vIn[0];
|
||||
if (distance1 <= 0.0f) vOut[numOut++] = vIn[1];
|
||||
|
||||
// If the points are on different sides of the plane
|
||||
if (distance0 * distance1 < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Find intersection point of edge and plane
|
||||
float32 interp = distance0 / (distance0 - distance1);
|
||||
vOut[numOut].v = vIn[0].v + interp * (vIn[1].v - vIn[0].v);
|
||||
|
||||
// VertexA is hitting edgeB.
|
||||
vOut[numOut].id.cf.indexA = vertexIndexA;
|
||||
vOut[numOut].id.cf.indexB = vIn[0].id.cf.indexB;
|
||||
vOut[numOut].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
vOut[numOut].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
++numOut;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return numOut;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceInput input;
|
||||
input.proxyA.Set(shapeA, indexA);
|
||||
input.proxyB.Set(shapeB, indexB);
|
||||
input.transformA = xfA;
|
||||
input.transformB = xfB;
|
||||
input.useRadii = true;
|
||||
|
||||
b2SimplexCache cache;
|
||||
cache.count = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2DistanceOutput output;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Distance(&output, &cache, &input);
|
||||
|
||||
return output.distance < 10.0f * b2_epsilon;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+276
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
#define B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <climits>
|
||||
|
||||
/// @file
|
||||
/// Structures and functions used for computing contact points, distance
|
||||
/// queries, and TOI queries.
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
class b2CircleShape;
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
class b2PolygonShape;
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8 b2_nullFeature = UCHAR_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The features that intersect to form the contact point
|
||||
/// This must be 4 bytes or less.
|
||||
struct b2ContactFeature
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_vertex = 0,
|
||||
e_face = 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
uint8 indexA; ///< Feature index on shapeA
|
||||
uint8 indexB; ///< Feature index on shapeB
|
||||
uint8 typeA; ///< The feature type on shapeA
|
||||
uint8 typeB; ///< The feature type on shapeB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Contact ids to facilitate warm starting.
|
||||
union b2ContactID
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf;
|
||||
uint32 key; ///< Used to quickly compare contact ids.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A manifold point is a contact point belonging to a contact
|
||||
/// manifold. It holds details related to the geometry and dynamics
|
||||
/// of the contact points.
|
||||
/// The local point usage depends on the manifold type:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: the local center of circleB
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the local center of cirlceB or the clip point of polygonB
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the clip point of polygonA
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
/// Note: the impulses are used for internal caching and may not
|
||||
/// provide reliable contact forces, especially for high speed collisions.
|
||||
struct b2ManifoldPoint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
|
||||
float32 normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
|
||||
b2ContactID id; ///< uniquely identifies a contact point between two shapes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A manifold for two touching convex shapes.
|
||||
/// Box2D supports multiple types of contact:
|
||||
/// - clip point versus plane with radius
|
||||
/// - point versus point with radius (circles)
|
||||
/// The local point usage depends on the manifold type:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: the local center of circleA
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the center of faceA
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the center of faceB
|
||||
/// Similarly the local normal usage:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: not used
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the normal on polygonA
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the normal on polygonB
|
||||
/// We store contacts in this way so that position correction can
|
||||
/// account for movement, which is critical for continuous physics.
|
||||
/// All contact scenarios must be expressed in one of these types.
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
struct b2Manifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_circles,
|
||||
e_faceA,
|
||||
e_faceB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< the points of contact
|
||||
b2Vec2 localNormal; ///< not use for Type::e_points
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
|
||||
Type type;
|
||||
int32 pointCount; ///< the number of manifold points
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to compute the current state of a contact manifold.
|
||||
struct b2WorldManifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Evaluate the manifold with supplied transforms. This assumes
|
||||
/// modest motion from the original state. This does not change the
|
||||
/// point count, impulses, etc. The radii must come from the shapes
|
||||
/// that generated the manifold.
|
||||
void Initialize(const b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, float32 radiusA,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB, float32 radiusB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal; ///< world vector pointing from A to B
|
||||
b2Vec2 points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< world contact point (point of intersection)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used for determining the state of contact points.
|
||||
enum b2PointState
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2_nullState, ///< point does not exist
|
||||
b2_addState, ///< point was added in the update
|
||||
b2_persistState, ///< point persisted across the update
|
||||
b2_removeState ///< point was removed in the update
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the point states given two manifolds. The states pertain to the transition from manifold1
|
||||
/// to manifold2. So state1 is either persist or remove while state2 is either add or persist.
|
||||
void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
|
||||
const b2Manifold* manifold1, const b2Manifold* manifold2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used for computing contact manifolds.
|
||||
struct b2ClipVertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v;
|
||||
b2ContactID id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
struct b2RayCastInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1, p2;
|
||||
float32 maxFraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast output data. The ray hits at p1 + fraction * (p2 - p1), where p1 and p2
|
||||
/// come from b2RayCastInput.
|
||||
struct b2RayCastOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
float32 fraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// An axis aligned bounding box.
|
||||
struct b2AABB
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Verify that the bounds are sorted.
|
||||
bool IsValid() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the center of the AABB.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetCenter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.5f * (lowerBound + upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the extents of the AABB (half-widths).
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetExtents() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.5f * (upperBound - lowerBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the perimeter length
|
||||
float32 GetPerimeter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
|
||||
float32 wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
|
||||
return 2.0f * (wx + wy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Combine an AABB into this one.
|
||||
void Combine(const b2AABB& aabb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lowerBound = b2Min(lowerBound, aabb.lowerBound);
|
||||
upperBound = b2Max(upperBound, aabb.upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Combine two AABBs into this one.
|
||||
void Combine(const b2AABB& aabb1, const b2AABB& aabb2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lowerBound = b2Min(aabb1.lowerBound, aabb2.lowerBound);
|
||||
upperBound = b2Max(aabb1.upperBound, aabb2.upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this aabb contain the provided AABB.
|
||||
bool Contains(const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool result = true;
|
||||
result = result && lowerBound.x <= aabb.lowerBound.x;
|
||||
result = result && lowerBound.y <= aabb.lowerBound.y;
|
||||
result = result && aabb.upperBound.x <= upperBound.x;
|
||||
result = result && aabb.upperBound.y <= upperBound.y;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 lowerBound; ///< the lower vertex
|
||||
b2Vec2 upperBound; ///< the upper vertex
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two circles.
|
||||
void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between a polygon and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two polygons.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clipping for contact manifolds.
|
||||
int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determine if two generic shapes overlap.
|
||||
bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------- Inline Functions ------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2AABB::IsValid() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = upperBound - lowerBound;
|
||||
bool valid = d.x >= 0.0f && d.y >= 0.0f;
|
||||
valid = valid && lowerBound.IsValid() && upperBound.IsValid();
|
||||
return valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2TestOverlap(const b2AABB& a, const b2AABB& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 d1, d2;
|
||||
d1 = b.lowerBound - a.upperBound;
|
||||
d2 = a.lowerBound - b.upperBound;
|
||||
|
||||
if (d1.x > 0.0f || d1.y > 0.0f)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (d2.x > 0.0f || d2.y > 0.0f)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Executable
+603
@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// GJK using Voronoi regions (Christer Ericson) and Barycentric coordinates.
|
||||
int32 b2_gjkCalls, b2_gjkIters, b2_gjkMaxIters;
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DistanceProxy::Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (shape->GetType())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case b2Shape::e_circle:
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circle = (b2CircleShape*)shape;
|
||||
m_vertices = &circle->m_p;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
m_radius = circle->m_radius;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Shape::e_polygon:
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygon = (b2PolygonShape*)shape;
|
||||
m_vertices = polygon->m_vertices;
|
||||
m_count = polygon->m_vertexCount;
|
||||
m_radius = polygon->m_radius;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Shape::e_chain:
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)shape;
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < chain->m_count);
|
||||
|
||||
m_buffer[0] = chain->m_vertices[index];
|
||||
if (index + 1 < chain->m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_buffer[1] = chain->m_vertices[index + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_buffer[1] = chain->m_vertices[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_vertices = m_buffer;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
m_radius = chain->m_radius;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Shape::e_edge:
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edge = (b2EdgeShape*)shape;
|
||||
m_vertices = &edge->m_vertex1;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
m_radius = edge->m_radius;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2SimplexVertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 wA; // support point in proxyA
|
||||
b2Vec2 wB; // support point in proxyB
|
||||
b2Vec2 w; // wB - wA
|
||||
float32 a; // barycentric coordinate for closest point
|
||||
int32 indexA; // wA index
|
||||
int32 indexB; // wB index
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Simplex
|
||||
{
|
||||
void ReadCache( const b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyA, const b2Transform& transformA,
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyB, const b2Transform& transformB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(cache->count <= 3);
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data from cache.
|
||||
m_count = cache->count;
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex* vertices = &m_v1;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex* v = vertices + i;
|
||||
v->indexA = cache->indexA[i];
|
||||
v->indexB = cache->indexB[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 wALocal = proxyA->GetVertex(v->indexA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 wBLocal = proxyB->GetVertex(v->indexB);
|
||||
v->wA = b2Mul(transformA, wALocal);
|
||||
v->wB = b2Mul(transformB, wBLocal);
|
||||
v->w = v->wB - v->wA;
|
||||
v->a = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the new simplex metric, if it is substantially different than
|
||||
// old metric then flush the simplex.
|
||||
if (m_count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 metric1 = cache->metric;
|
||||
float32 metric2 = GetMetric();
|
||||
if (metric2 < 0.5f * metric1 || 2.0f * metric1 < metric2 || metric2 < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the simplex.
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the cache is empty or invalid ...
|
||||
if (m_count == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex* v = vertices + 0;
|
||||
v->indexA = 0;
|
||||
v->indexB = 0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 wALocal = proxyA->GetVertex(0);
|
||||
b2Vec2 wBLocal = proxyB->GetVertex(0);
|
||||
v->wA = b2Mul(transformA, wALocal);
|
||||
v->wB = b2Mul(transformB, wBLocal);
|
||||
v->w = v->wB - v->wA;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void WriteCache(b2SimplexCache* cache) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
cache->metric = GetMetric();
|
||||
cache->count = uint16(m_count);
|
||||
const b2SimplexVertex* vertices = &m_v1;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cache->indexA[i] = uint8(vertices[i].indexA);
|
||||
cache->indexB[i] = uint8(vertices[i].indexB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetSearchDirection() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
return -m_v1.w;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 e12 = m_v2.w - m_v1.w;
|
||||
float32 sgn = b2Cross(e12, -m_v1.w);
|
||||
if (sgn > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Origin is left of e12.
|
||||
return b2Cross(1.0f, e12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Origin is right of e12.
|
||||
return b2Cross(e12, 1.0f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetClosestPoint() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
return m_v1.w;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
return m_v1.a * m_v1.w + m_v2.a * m_v2.w;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
return b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void GetWitnessPoints(b2Vec2* pA, b2Vec2* pB) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
*pA = m_v1.wA;
|
||||
*pB = m_v1.wB;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
*pA = m_v1.a * m_v1.wA + m_v2.a * m_v2.wA;
|
||||
*pB = m_v1.a * m_v1.wB + m_v2.a * m_v2.wB;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
*pA = m_v1.a * m_v1.wA + m_v2.a * m_v2.wA + m_v3.a * m_v3.wA;
|
||||
*pB = *pA;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 GetMetric() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
return b2Distance(m_v1.w, m_v2.w);
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
return b2Cross(m_v2.w - m_v1.w, m_v3.w - m_v1.w);
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Solve2();
|
||||
void Solve3();
|
||||
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex m_v1, m_v2, m_v3;
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve a line segment using barycentric coordinates.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// p = a1 * w1 + a2 * w2
|
||||
// a1 + a2 = 1
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The vector from the origin to the closest point on the line is
|
||||
// perpendicular to the line.
|
||||
// e12 = w2 - w1
|
||||
// dot(p, e) = 0
|
||||
// a1 * dot(w1, e) + a2 * dot(w2, e) = 0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2-by-2 linear system
|
||||
// [1 1 ][a1] = [1]
|
||||
// [w1.e12 w2.e12][a2] = [0]
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Define
|
||||
// d12_1 = dot(w2, e12)
|
||||
// d12_2 = -dot(w1, e12)
|
||||
// d12 = d12_1 + d12_2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Solution
|
||||
// a1 = d12_1 / d12
|
||||
// a2 = d12_2 / d12
|
||||
void b2Simplex::Solve2()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 w1 = m_v1.w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 w2 = m_v2.w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e12 = w2 - w1;
|
||||
|
||||
// w1 region
|
||||
float32 d12_2 = -b2Dot(w1, e12);
|
||||
if (d12_2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// a2 <= 0, so we clamp it to 0
|
||||
m_v1.a = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// w2 region
|
||||
float32 d12_1 = b2Dot(w2, e12);
|
||||
if (d12_1 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// a1 <= 0, so we clamp it to 0
|
||||
m_v2.a = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
m_v1 = m_v2;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must be in e12 region.
|
||||
float32 inv_d12 = 1.0f / (d12_1 + d12_2);
|
||||
m_v1.a = d12_1 * inv_d12;
|
||||
m_v2.a = d12_2 * inv_d12;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Possible regions:
|
||||
// - points[2]
|
||||
// - edge points[0]-points[2]
|
||||
// - edge points[1]-points[2]
|
||||
// - inside the triangle
|
||||
void b2Simplex::Solve3()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 w1 = m_v1.w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 w2 = m_v2.w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 w3 = m_v3.w;
|
||||
|
||||
// Edge12
|
||||
// [1 1 ][a1] = [1]
|
||||
// [w1.e12 w2.e12][a2] = [0]
|
||||
// a3 = 0
|
||||
b2Vec2 e12 = w2 - w1;
|
||||
float32 w1e12 = b2Dot(w1, e12);
|
||||
float32 w2e12 = b2Dot(w2, e12);
|
||||
float32 d12_1 = w2e12;
|
||||
float32 d12_2 = -w1e12;
|
||||
|
||||
// Edge13
|
||||
// [1 1 ][a1] = [1]
|
||||
// [w1.e13 w3.e13][a3] = [0]
|
||||
// a2 = 0
|
||||
b2Vec2 e13 = w3 - w1;
|
||||
float32 w1e13 = b2Dot(w1, e13);
|
||||
float32 w3e13 = b2Dot(w3, e13);
|
||||
float32 d13_1 = w3e13;
|
||||
float32 d13_2 = -w1e13;
|
||||
|
||||
// Edge23
|
||||
// [1 1 ][a2] = [1]
|
||||
// [w2.e23 w3.e23][a3] = [0]
|
||||
// a1 = 0
|
||||
b2Vec2 e23 = w3 - w2;
|
||||
float32 w2e23 = b2Dot(w2, e23);
|
||||
float32 w3e23 = b2Dot(w3, e23);
|
||||
float32 d23_1 = w3e23;
|
||||
float32 d23_2 = -w2e23;
|
||||
|
||||
// Triangle123
|
||||
float32 n123 = b2Cross(e12, e13);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 d123_1 = n123 * b2Cross(w2, w3);
|
||||
float32 d123_2 = n123 * b2Cross(w3, w1);
|
||||
float32 d123_3 = n123 * b2Cross(w1, w2);
|
||||
|
||||
// w1 region
|
||||
if (d12_2 <= 0.0f && d13_2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_v1.a = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// e12
|
||||
if (d12_1 > 0.0f && d12_2 > 0.0f && d123_3 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 inv_d12 = 1.0f / (d12_1 + d12_2);
|
||||
m_v1.a = d12_1 * inv_d12;
|
||||
m_v2.a = d12_2 * inv_d12;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// e13
|
||||
if (d13_1 > 0.0f && d13_2 > 0.0f && d123_2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 inv_d13 = 1.0f / (d13_1 + d13_2);
|
||||
m_v1.a = d13_1 * inv_d13;
|
||||
m_v3.a = d13_2 * inv_d13;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
m_v2 = m_v3;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// w2 region
|
||||
if (d12_1 <= 0.0f && d23_2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_v2.a = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
m_v1 = m_v2;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// w3 region
|
||||
if (d13_1 <= 0.0f && d23_1 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_v3.a = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_count = 1;
|
||||
m_v1 = m_v3;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// e23
|
||||
if (d23_1 > 0.0f && d23_2 > 0.0f && d123_1 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 inv_d23 = 1.0f / (d23_1 + d23_2);
|
||||
m_v2.a = d23_1 * inv_d23;
|
||||
m_v3.a = d23_2 * inv_d23;
|
||||
m_count = 2;
|
||||
m_v1 = m_v3;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must be in triangle123
|
||||
float32 inv_d123 = 1.0f / (d123_1 + d123_2 + d123_3);
|
||||
m_v1.a = d123_1 * inv_d123;
|
||||
m_v2.a = d123_2 * inv_d123;
|
||||
m_v3.a = d123_3 * inv_d123;
|
||||
m_count = 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
|
||||
b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceInput* input)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++b2_gjkCalls;
|
||||
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyA = &input->proxyA;
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyB = &input->proxyB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform transformA = input->transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB = input->transformB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize the simplex.
|
||||
b2Simplex simplex;
|
||||
simplex.ReadCache(cache, proxyA, transformA, proxyB, transformB);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get simplex vertices as an array.
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex* vertices = &simplex.m_v1;
|
||||
const int32 k_maxIters = 20;
|
||||
|
||||
// These store the vertices of the last simplex so that we
|
||||
// can check for duplicates and prevent cycling.
|
||||
int32 saveA[3], saveB[3];
|
||||
int32 saveCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 closestPoint = simplex.GetClosestPoint();
|
||||
float32 distanceSqr1 = closestPoint.LengthSquared();
|
||||
float32 distanceSqr2 = distanceSqr1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Main iteration loop.
|
||||
int32 iter = 0;
|
||||
while (iter < k_maxIters)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Copy simplex so we can identify duplicates.
|
||||
saveCount = simplex.m_count;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < saveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
saveA[i] = vertices[i].indexA;
|
||||
saveB[i] = vertices[i].indexB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (simplex.m_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
simplex.Solve2();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
simplex.Solve3();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we have 3 points, then the origin is in the corresponding triangle.
|
||||
if (simplex.m_count == 3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute closest point.
|
||||
b2Vec2 p = simplex.GetClosestPoint();
|
||||
distanceSqr2 = p.LengthSquared();
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure progress
|
||||
if (distanceSqr2 >= distanceSqr1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
distanceSqr1 = distanceSqr2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get search direction.
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = simplex.GetSearchDirection();
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure the search direction is numerically fit.
|
||||
if (d.LengthSquared() < b2_epsilon * b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The origin is probably contained by a line segment
|
||||
// or triangle. Thus the shapes are overlapped.
|
||||
|
||||
// We can't return zero here even though there may be overlap.
|
||||
// In case the simplex is a point, segment, or triangle it is difficult
|
||||
// to determine if the origin is contained in the CSO or very close to it.
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute a tentative new simplex vertex using support points.
|
||||
b2SimplexVertex* vertex = vertices + simplex.m_count;
|
||||
vertex->indexA = proxyA->GetSupport(b2MulT(transformA.q, -d));
|
||||
vertex->wA = b2Mul(transformA, proxyA->GetVertex(vertex->indexA));
|
||||
b2Vec2 wBLocal;
|
||||
vertex->indexB = proxyB->GetSupport(b2MulT(transformB.q, d));
|
||||
vertex->wB = b2Mul(transformB, proxyB->GetVertex(vertex->indexB));
|
||||
vertex->w = vertex->wB - vertex->wA;
|
||||
|
||||
// Iteration count is equated to the number of support point calls.
|
||||
++iter;
|
||||
++b2_gjkIters;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for duplicate support points. This is the main termination criteria.
|
||||
bool duplicate = false;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < saveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (vertex->indexA == saveA[i] && vertex->indexB == saveB[i])
|
||||
{
|
||||
duplicate = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we found a duplicate support point we must exit to avoid cycling.
|
||||
if (duplicate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// New vertex is ok and needed.
|
||||
++simplex.m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2_gjkMaxIters = b2Max(b2_gjkMaxIters, iter);
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare output.
|
||||
simplex.GetWitnessPoints(&output->pointA, &output->pointB);
|
||||
output->distance = b2Distance(output->pointA, output->pointB);
|
||||
output->iterations = iter;
|
||||
|
||||
// Cache the simplex.
|
||||
simplex.WriteCache(cache);
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply radii if requested.
|
||||
if (input->useRadii)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 rA = proxyA->m_radius;
|
||||
float32 rB = proxyB->m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
if (output->distance > rA + rB && output->distance > b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Shapes are still no overlapped.
|
||||
// Move the witness points to the outer surface.
|
||||
output->distance -= rA + rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = output->pointB - output->pointA;
|
||||
normal.Normalize();
|
||||
output->pointA += rA * normal;
|
||||
output->pointB -= rB * normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Shapes are overlapped when radii are considered.
|
||||
// Move the witness points to the middle.
|
||||
b2Vec2 p = 0.5f * (output->pointA + output->pointB);
|
||||
output->pointA = p;
|
||||
output->pointB = p;
|
||||
output->distance = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+141
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
|
||||
/// It encapsulates any shape.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceProxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(NULL), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
|
||||
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
|
||||
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
|
||||
/// Set count to zero on first call.
|
||||
struct b2SimplexCache
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 metric; ///< length or area
|
||||
uint16 count;
|
||||
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
|
||||
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input for b2Distance.
|
||||
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
|
||||
/// in the computation. Even
|
||||
struct b2DistanceInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Transform transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB;
|
||||
bool useRadii;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output for b2Distance.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
|
||||
float32 distance;
|
||||
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
|
||||
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
|
||||
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
|
||||
void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
|
||||
b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bestIndex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+771
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <cfloat>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
b2DynamicTree::b2DynamicTree()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodeCapacity = 16;
|
||||
m_nodeCount = 0;
|
||||
m_nodes = (b2TreeNode*)b2Alloc(m_nodeCapacity * sizeof(b2TreeNode));
|
||||
memset(m_nodes, 0, m_nodeCapacity * sizeof(b2TreeNode));
|
||||
|
||||
// Build a linked list for the free list.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_nodeCapacity - 1; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[i].next = i + 1;
|
||||
m_nodes[i].height = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_nodes[m_nodeCapacity-1].next = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
m_nodes[m_nodeCapacity-1].height = -1;
|
||||
m_freeList = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_path = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_insertionCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2DynamicTree::~b2DynamicTree()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This frees the entire tree in one shot.
|
||||
b2Free(m_nodes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate a node from the pool. Grow the pool if necessary.
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::AllocateNode()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Expand the node pool as needed.
|
||||
if (m_freeList == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodeCount == m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
// The free list is empty. Rebuild a bigger pool.
|
||||
b2TreeNode* oldNodes = m_nodes;
|
||||
m_nodeCapacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_nodes = (b2TreeNode*)b2Alloc(m_nodeCapacity * sizeof(b2TreeNode));
|
||||
memcpy(m_nodes, oldNodes, m_nodeCount * sizeof(b2TreeNode));
|
||||
b2Free(oldNodes);
|
||||
|
||||
// Build a linked list for the free list. The parent
|
||||
// pointer becomes the "next" pointer.
|
||||
for (int32 i = m_nodeCount; i < m_nodeCapacity - 1; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[i].next = i + 1;
|
||||
m_nodes[i].height = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_nodes[m_nodeCapacity-1].next = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
m_nodes[m_nodeCapacity-1].height = -1;
|
||||
m_freeList = m_nodeCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Peel a node off the free list.
|
||||
int32 nodeId = m_freeList;
|
||||
m_freeList = m_nodes[nodeId].next;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].parent = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].child1 = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].child2 = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].height = 0;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].userData = NULL;
|
||||
++m_nodeCount;
|
||||
return nodeId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return a node to the pool.
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::FreeNode(int32 nodeId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= nodeId && nodeId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < m_nodeCount);
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].next = m_freeList;
|
||||
m_nodes[nodeId].height = -1;
|
||||
m_freeList = nodeId;
|
||||
--m_nodeCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a proxy in the tree as a leaf node. We return the index
|
||||
// of the node instead of a pointer so that we can grow
|
||||
// the node pool.
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyId = AllocateNode();
|
||||
|
||||
// Fatten the aabb.
|
||||
b2Vec2 r(b2_aabbExtension, b2_aabbExtension);
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].aabb.lowerBound = aabb.lowerBound - r;
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].aabb.upperBound = aabb.upperBound + r;
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].userData = userData;
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].height = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
InsertLeaf(proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
return proxyId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[proxyId].IsLeaf());
|
||||
|
||||
RemoveLeaf(proxyId);
|
||||
FreeNode(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2DynamicTree::MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb, const b2Vec2& displacement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[proxyId].IsLeaf());
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_nodes[proxyId].aabb.Contains(aabb))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RemoveLeaf(proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
// Extend AABB.
|
||||
b2AABB b = aabb;
|
||||
b2Vec2 r(b2_aabbExtension, b2_aabbExtension);
|
||||
b.lowerBound = b.lowerBound - r;
|
||||
b.upperBound = b.upperBound + r;
|
||||
|
||||
// Predict AABB displacement.
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = b2_aabbMultiplier * displacement;
|
||||
|
||||
if (d.x < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b.lowerBound.x += d.x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b.upperBound.x += d.x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (d.y < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b.lowerBound.y += d.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b.upperBound.y += d.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].aabb = b;
|
||||
|
||||
InsertLeaf(proxyId);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::InsertLeaf(int32 leaf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++m_insertionCount;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_root == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = leaf;
|
||||
m_nodes[m_root].parent = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the best sibling for this node
|
||||
b2AABB leafAABB = m_nodes[leaf].aabb;
|
||||
int32 index = m_root;
|
||||
while (m_nodes[index].IsLeaf() == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 child1 = m_nodes[index].child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = m_nodes[index].child2;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 area = m_nodes[index].aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
|
||||
b2AABB combinedAABB;
|
||||
combinedAABB.Combine(m_nodes[index].aabb, leafAABB);
|
||||
float32 combinedArea = combinedAABB.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
|
||||
// Cost of creating a new parent for this node and the new leaf
|
||||
float32 cost = 2.0f * combinedArea;
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum cost of pushing the leaf further down the tree
|
||||
float32 inheritanceCost = 2.0f * (combinedArea - area);
|
||||
|
||||
// Cost of descending into child1
|
||||
float32 cost1;
|
||||
if (m_nodes[child1].IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
aabb.Combine(leafAABB, m_nodes[child1].aabb);
|
||||
cost1 = aabb.GetPerimeter() + inheritanceCost;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
aabb.Combine(leafAABB, m_nodes[child1].aabb);
|
||||
float32 oldArea = m_nodes[child1].aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
float32 newArea = aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
cost1 = (newArea - oldArea) + inheritanceCost;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Cost of descending into child2
|
||||
float32 cost2;
|
||||
if (m_nodes[child2].IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
aabb.Combine(leafAABB, m_nodes[child2].aabb);
|
||||
cost2 = aabb.GetPerimeter() + inheritanceCost;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
aabb.Combine(leafAABB, m_nodes[child2].aabb);
|
||||
float32 oldArea = m_nodes[child2].aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
float32 newArea = aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
cost2 = newArea - oldArea + inheritanceCost;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Descend according to the minimum cost.
|
||||
if (cost < cost1 && cost < cost2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Descend
|
||||
if (cost1 < cost2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
index = child1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
index = child2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 sibling = index;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a new parent.
|
||||
int32 oldParent = m_nodes[sibling].parent;
|
||||
int32 newParent = AllocateNode();
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].parent = oldParent;
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].userData = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].aabb.Combine(leafAABB, m_nodes[sibling].aabb);
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].height = m_nodes[sibling].height + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (oldParent != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The sibling was not the root.
|
||||
if (m_nodes[oldParent].child1 == sibling)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[oldParent].child1 = newParent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[oldParent].child2 = newParent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].child1 = sibling;
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].child2 = leaf;
|
||||
m_nodes[sibling].parent = newParent;
|
||||
m_nodes[leaf].parent = newParent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The sibling was the root.
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].child1 = sibling;
|
||||
m_nodes[newParent].child2 = leaf;
|
||||
m_nodes[sibling].parent = newParent;
|
||||
m_nodes[leaf].parent = newParent;
|
||||
m_root = newParent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Walk back up the tree fixing heights and AABBs
|
||||
index = m_nodes[leaf].parent;
|
||||
while (index != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
index = Balance(index);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1 = m_nodes[index].child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = m_nodes[index].child2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(child1 != b2_nullNode);
|
||||
b2Assert(child2 != b2_nullNode);
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodes[index].height = 1 + b2Max(m_nodes[child1].height, m_nodes[child2].height);
|
||||
m_nodes[index].aabb.Combine(m_nodes[child1].aabb, m_nodes[child2].aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
index = m_nodes[index].parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Validate();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::RemoveLeaf(int32 leaf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (leaf == m_root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 parent = m_nodes[leaf].parent;
|
||||
int32 grandParent = m_nodes[parent].parent;
|
||||
int32 sibling;
|
||||
if (m_nodes[parent].child1 == leaf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sibling = m_nodes[parent].child2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sibling = m_nodes[parent].child1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (grandParent != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Destroy parent and connect sibling to grandParent.
|
||||
if (m_nodes[grandParent].child1 == parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[grandParent].child1 = sibling;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[grandParent].child2 = sibling;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_nodes[sibling].parent = grandParent;
|
||||
FreeNode(parent);
|
||||
|
||||
// Adjust ancestor bounds.
|
||||
int32 index = grandParent;
|
||||
while (index != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
index = Balance(index);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1 = m_nodes[index].child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = m_nodes[index].child2;
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodes[index].aabb.Combine(m_nodes[child1].aabb, m_nodes[child2].aabb);
|
||||
m_nodes[index].height = 1 + b2Max(m_nodes[child1].height, m_nodes[child2].height);
|
||||
|
||||
index = m_nodes[index].parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = sibling;
|
||||
m_nodes[sibling].parent = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
FreeNode(parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Validate();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Perform a left or right rotation if node A is imbalanced.
|
||||
// Returns the new root index.
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::Balance(int32 iA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(iA != b2_nullNode);
|
||||
|
||||
b2TreeNode* A = m_nodes + iA;
|
||||
if (A->IsLeaf() || A->height < 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return iA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 iB = A->child1;
|
||||
int32 iC = A->child2;
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iB && iB < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iC && iC < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
b2TreeNode* B = m_nodes + iB;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* C = m_nodes + iC;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 balance = C->height - B->height;
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotate C up
|
||||
if (balance > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 iF = C->child1;
|
||||
int32 iG = C->child2;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* F = m_nodes + iF;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* G = m_nodes + iG;
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iF && iF < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iG && iG < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap A and C
|
||||
C->child1 = iA;
|
||||
C->parent = A->parent;
|
||||
A->parent = iC;
|
||||
|
||||
// A's old parent should point to C
|
||||
if (C->parent != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[C->parent].child1 == iA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[C->parent].child1 = iC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[C->parent].child2 == iA);
|
||||
m_nodes[C->parent].child2 = iC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = iC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotate
|
||||
if (F->height > G->height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
C->child2 = iF;
|
||||
A->child2 = iG;
|
||||
G->parent = iA;
|
||||
A->aabb.Combine(B->aabb, G->aabb);
|
||||
C->aabb.Combine(A->aabb, F->aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
A->height = 1 + b2Max(B->height, G->height);
|
||||
C->height = 1 + b2Max(A->height, F->height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
C->child2 = iG;
|
||||
A->child2 = iF;
|
||||
F->parent = iA;
|
||||
A->aabb.Combine(B->aabb, F->aabb);
|
||||
C->aabb.Combine(A->aabb, G->aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
A->height = 1 + b2Max(B->height, F->height);
|
||||
C->height = 1 + b2Max(A->height, G->height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return iC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotate B up
|
||||
if (balance < -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 iD = B->child1;
|
||||
int32 iE = B->child2;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* D = m_nodes + iD;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* E = m_nodes + iE;
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iD && iD < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= iE && iE < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap A and B
|
||||
B->child1 = iA;
|
||||
B->parent = A->parent;
|
||||
A->parent = iB;
|
||||
|
||||
// A's old parent should point to B
|
||||
if (B->parent != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[B->parent].child1 == iA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[B->parent].child1 = iB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[B->parent].child2 == iA);
|
||||
m_nodes[B->parent].child2 = iB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_root = iB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotate
|
||||
if (D->height > E->height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
B->child2 = iD;
|
||||
A->child1 = iE;
|
||||
E->parent = iA;
|
||||
A->aabb.Combine(C->aabb, E->aabb);
|
||||
B->aabb.Combine(A->aabb, D->aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
A->height = 1 + b2Max(C->height, E->height);
|
||||
B->height = 1 + b2Max(A->height, D->height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
B->child2 = iE;
|
||||
A->child1 = iD;
|
||||
D->parent = iA;
|
||||
A->aabb.Combine(C->aabb, D->aabb);
|
||||
B->aabb.Combine(A->aabb, E->aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
A->height = 1 + b2Max(C->height, D->height);
|
||||
B->height = 1 + b2Max(A->height, E->height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return iB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return iA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::GetHeight() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_root == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_nodes[m_root].height;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
float32 b2DynamicTree::GetAreaRatio() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_root == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* root = m_nodes + m_root;
|
||||
float32 rootArea = root->aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 totalArea = 0.0f;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_nodeCapacity; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + i;
|
||||
if (node->height < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Free node in pool
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
totalArea += node->aabb.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return totalArea / rootArea;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the height of a sub-tree.
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::ComputeHeight(int32 nodeId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= nodeId && nodeId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + nodeId;
|
||||
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 height1 = ComputeHeight(node->child1);
|
||||
int32 height2 = ComputeHeight(node->child2);
|
||||
return 1 + b2Max(height1, height2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::ComputeHeight() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 height = ComputeHeight(m_root);
|
||||
return height;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::ValidateStructure(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (index == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (index == m_root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[index].parent == b2_nullNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + index;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1 = node->child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = node->child2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(child1 == b2_nullNode);
|
||||
b2Assert(child2 == b2_nullNode);
|
||||
b2Assert(node->height == 0);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= child1 && child1 < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= child2 && child2 < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[child1].parent == index);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodes[child2].parent == index);
|
||||
|
||||
ValidateStructure(child1);
|
||||
ValidateStructure(child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::ValidateMetrics(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (index == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + index;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1 = node->child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = node->child2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(child1 == b2_nullNode);
|
||||
b2Assert(child2 == b2_nullNode);
|
||||
b2Assert(node->height == 0);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= child1 && child1 < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= child2 && child2 < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 height1 = m_nodes[child1].height;
|
||||
int32 height2 = m_nodes[child2].height;
|
||||
int32 height;
|
||||
height = 1 + b2Max(height1, height2);
|
||||
b2Assert(node->height == height);
|
||||
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
aabb.Combine(m_nodes[child1].aabb, m_nodes[child2].aabb);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(aabb.lowerBound == node->aabb.lowerBound);
|
||||
b2Assert(aabb.upperBound == node->aabb.upperBound);
|
||||
|
||||
ValidateMetrics(child1);
|
||||
ValidateMetrics(child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::Validate() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
ValidateStructure(m_root);
|
||||
ValidateMetrics(m_root);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 freeCount = 0;
|
||||
int32 freeIndex = m_freeList;
|
||||
while (freeIndex != b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= freeIndex && freeIndex < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
freeIndex = m_nodes[freeIndex].next;
|
||||
++freeCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(GetHeight() == ComputeHeight());
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(m_nodeCount + freeCount == m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2DynamicTree::GetMaxBalance() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 maxBalance = 0;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_nodeCapacity; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + i;
|
||||
if (node->height <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(node->IsLeaf() == false);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1 = node->child1;
|
||||
int32 child2 = node->child2;
|
||||
int32 balance = b2Abs(m_nodes[child2].height - m_nodes[child1].height);
|
||||
maxBalance = b2Max(maxBalance, balance);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return maxBalance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DynamicTree::RebuildBottomUp()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32* nodes = (int32*)b2Alloc(m_nodeCount * sizeof(int32));
|
||||
int32 count = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Build array of leaves. Free the rest.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_nodeCapacity; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[i].height < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// free node in pool
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_nodes[i].IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nodes[i].parent = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
nodes[count] = i;
|
||||
++count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
FreeNode(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 minCost = b2_maxFloat;
|
||||
int32 iMin = -1, jMin = -1;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabbi = m_nodes[nodes[i]].aabb;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = i + 1; j < count; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabbj = m_nodes[nodes[j]].aabb;
|
||||
b2AABB b;
|
||||
b.Combine(aabbi, aabbj);
|
||||
float32 cost = b.GetPerimeter();
|
||||
if (cost < minCost)
|
||||
{
|
||||
iMin = i;
|
||||
jMin = j;
|
||||
minCost = cost;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 index1 = nodes[iMin];
|
||||
int32 index2 = nodes[jMin];
|
||||
b2TreeNode* child1 = m_nodes + index1;
|
||||
b2TreeNode* child2 = m_nodes + index2;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 parentIndex = AllocateNode();
|
||||
b2TreeNode* parent = m_nodes + parentIndex;
|
||||
parent->child1 = index1;
|
||||
parent->child2 = index2;
|
||||
parent->height = 1 + b2Max(child1->height, child2->height);
|
||||
parent->aabb.Combine(child1->aabb, child2->aabb);
|
||||
parent->parent = b2_nullNode;
|
||||
|
||||
child1->parent = parentIndex;
|
||||
child2->parent = parentIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
nodes[jMin] = nodes[count-1];
|
||||
nodes[iMin] = parentIndex;
|
||||
--count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_root = nodes[0];
|
||||
b2Free(nodes);
|
||||
|
||||
Validate();
|
||||
}
|
||||
+284
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2_nullNode (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A node in the dynamic tree. The client does not interact with this directly.
|
||||
struct b2TreeNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool IsLeaf() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return child1 == b2_nullNode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enlarged AABB
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 parent;
|
||||
int32 next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1;
|
||||
int32 child2;
|
||||
|
||||
// leaf = 0, free node = -1
|
||||
int32 height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A dynamic AABB tree broad-phase, inspired by Nathanael Presson's btDbvt.
|
||||
/// A dynamic tree arranges data in a binary tree to accelerate
|
||||
/// queries such as volume queries and ray casts. Leafs are proxies
|
||||
/// with an AABB. In the tree we expand the proxy AABB by b2_fatAABBFactor
|
||||
/// so that the proxy AABB is bigger than the client object. This allows the client
|
||||
/// object to move by small amounts without triggering a tree update.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Nodes are pooled and relocatable, so we use node indices rather than pointers.
|
||||
class b2DynamicTree
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructing the tree initializes the node pool.
|
||||
b2DynamicTree();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy the tree, freeing the node pool.
|
||||
~b2DynamicTree();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a proxy. Provide a tight fitting AABB and a userData pointer.
|
||||
int32 CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a proxy. This asserts if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Move a proxy with a swepted AABB. If the proxy has moved outside of its fattened AABB,
|
||||
/// then the proxy is removed from the tree and re-inserted. Otherwise
|
||||
/// the function returns immediately.
|
||||
/// @return true if the proxy was re-inserted.
|
||||
bool MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb1, const b2Vec2& displacement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get proxy user data.
|
||||
/// @return the proxy user data or 0 if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Query an AABB for overlapping proxies. The callback class
|
||||
/// is called for each proxy that overlaps the supplied AABB.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast against the proxies in the tree. This relies on the callback
|
||||
/// to perform a exact ray-cast in the case were the proxy contains a shape.
|
||||
/// The callback also performs the any collision filtering. This has performance
|
||||
/// roughly equal to k * log(n), where k is the number of collisions and n is the
|
||||
/// number of proxies in the tree.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
/// @param callback a callback class that is called for each proxy that is hit by the ray.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Validate this tree. For testing.
|
||||
void Validate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the height of the binary tree in O(N) time. Should not be
|
||||
/// called often.
|
||||
int32 GetHeight() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum balance of an node in the tree. The balance is the difference
|
||||
/// in height of the two children of a node.
|
||||
int32 GetMaxBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the ratio of the sum of the node areas to the root area.
|
||||
float32 GetAreaRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build an optimal tree. Very expensive. For testing.
|
||||
void RebuildBottomUp();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
int32 AllocateNode();
|
||||
void FreeNode(int32 node);
|
||||
|
||||
void InsertLeaf(int32 node);
|
||||
void RemoveLeaf(int32 node);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 Balance(int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 ComputeHeight() const;
|
||||
int32 ComputeHeight(int32 nodeId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void ValidateStructure(int32 index) const;
|
||||
void ValidateMetrics(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_root;
|
||||
|
||||
b2TreeNode* m_nodes;
|
||||
int32 m_nodeCount;
|
||||
int32 m_nodeCapacity;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_freeList;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to incrementally traverse the tree for re-balancing.
|
||||
uint32 m_path;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_insertionCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2DynamicTree::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2DynamicTree::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].aabb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2DynamicTree::Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2GrowableStack<int32, 256> stack;
|
||||
stack.Push(m_root);
|
||||
|
||||
while (stack.GetCount() > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 nodeId = stack.Pop();
|
||||
if (nodeId == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + nodeId;
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2TestOverlap(node->aabb, aabb))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool proceed = callback->QueryCallback(nodeId);
|
||||
if (proceed == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child1);
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = input.p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = input.p2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 r = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Assert(r.LengthSquared() > 0.0f);
|
||||
r.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
// v is perpendicular to the segment.
|
||||
b2Vec2 v = b2Cross(1.0f, r);
|
||||
b2Vec2 abs_v = b2Abs(v);
|
||||
|
||||
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
|
||||
float32 maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
// Build a bounding box for the segment.
|
||||
b2AABB segmentAABB;
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 t = p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1);
|
||||
segmentAABB.lowerBound = b2Min(p1, t);
|
||||
segmentAABB.upperBound = b2Max(p1, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2GrowableStack<int32, 256> stack;
|
||||
stack.Push(m_root);
|
||||
|
||||
while (stack.GetCount() > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 nodeId = stack.Pop();
|
||||
if (nodeId == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + nodeId;
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2TestOverlap(node->aabb, segmentAABB) == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = node->aabb.GetCenter();
|
||||
b2Vec2 h = node->aabb.GetExtents();
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
|
||||
if (separation > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RayCastInput subInput;
|
||||
subInput.p1 = input.p1;
|
||||
subInput.p2 = input.p2;
|
||||
subInput.maxFraction = maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
|
||||
|
||||
if (value == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The client has terminated the ray cast.
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (value > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Update segment bounding box.
|
||||
maxFraction = value;
|
||||
b2Vec2 t = p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1);
|
||||
segmentAABB.lowerBound = b2Min(p1, t);
|
||||
segmentAABB.upperBound = b2Max(p1, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child1);
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+483
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2_toiCalls, b2_toiIters, b2_toiMaxIters;
|
||||
int32 b2_toiRootIters, b2_toiMaxRootIters;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2SeparationFunction
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_points,
|
||||
e_faceA,
|
||||
e_faceB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO_ERIN might not need to return the separation
|
||||
|
||||
float32 Initialize(const b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyA, const b2Sweep& sweepA,
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyB, const b2Sweep& sweepB,
|
||||
float32 t1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_proxyA = proxyA;
|
||||
m_proxyB = proxyB;
|
||||
int32 count = cache->count;
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < count && count < 3);
|
||||
|
||||
m_sweepA = sweepA;
|
||||
m_sweepB = sweepB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
m_sweepA.GetTransform(&xfA, t1);
|
||||
m_sweepB.GetTransform(&xfB, t1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (count == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_points;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = m_proxyA->GetVertex(cache->indexA[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(cache->indexB[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
m_axis = pointB - pointA;
|
||||
float32 s = m_axis.Normalize();
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cache->indexA[0] == cache->indexA[1])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Two points on B and one on A.
|
||||
m_type = e_faceB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB1 = proxyB->GetVertex(cache->indexB[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB2 = proxyB->GetVertex(cache->indexB[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
m_axis = b2Cross(localPointB2 - localPointB1, 1.0f);
|
||||
m_axis.Normalize();
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfB.q, m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
m_localPoint = 0.5f * (localPointB1 + localPointB2);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = proxyA->GetVertex(cache->indexA[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(pointA - pointB, normal);
|
||||
if (s < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_axis = -m_axis;
|
||||
s = -s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Two points on A and one or two points on B.
|
||||
m_type = e_faceA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA1 = m_proxyA->GetVertex(cache->indexA[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA2 = m_proxyA->GetVertex(cache->indexA[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
m_axis = b2Cross(localPointA2 - localPointA1, 1.0f);
|
||||
m_axis.Normalize();
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfA.q, m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
m_localPoint = 0.5f * (localPointA1 + localPointA2);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(cache->indexB[0]);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, normal);
|
||||
if (s < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_axis = -m_axis;
|
||||
s = -s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 FindMinSeparation(int32* indexA, int32* indexB, float32 t) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
m_sweepA.GetTransform(&xfA, t);
|
||||
m_sweepB.GetTransform(&xfB, t);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (m_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case e_points:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisA = b2MulT(xfA.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisB = b2MulT(xfB.q, -m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
*indexA = m_proxyA->GetSupport(axisA);
|
||||
*indexB = m_proxyB->GetSupport(axisB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = m_proxyA->GetVertex(*indexA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(*indexB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, m_axis);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case e_faceA:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfA.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisB = b2MulT(xfB.q, -normal);
|
||||
|
||||
*indexA = -1;
|
||||
*indexB = m_proxyB->GetSupport(axisB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(*indexB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, normal);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case e_faceB:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfB.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisA = b2MulT(xfA.q, -normal);
|
||||
|
||||
*indexB = -1;
|
||||
*indexA = m_proxyA->GetSupport(axisA);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = m_proxyA->GetVertex(*indexA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointA - pointB, normal);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
*indexA = -1;
|
||||
*indexB = -1;
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 Evaluate(int32 indexA, int32 indexB, float32 t) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
m_sweepA.GetTransform(&xfA, t);
|
||||
m_sweepB.GetTransform(&xfB, t);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (m_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case e_points:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisA = b2MulT(xfA.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisB = b2MulT(xfB.q, -m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = m_proxyA->GetVertex(indexA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(indexB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case e_faceA:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfA.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisB = b2MulT(xfB.q, -normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointB = m_proxyB->GetVertex(indexB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, localPointB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, normal);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case e_faceB:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = b2Mul(xfB.q, m_axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, m_localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 axisA = b2MulT(xfA.q, -normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPointA = m_proxyA->GetVertex(indexA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, localPointA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Dot(pointA - pointB, normal);
|
||||
return separation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* m_proxyA;
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* m_proxyB;
|
||||
b2Sweep m_sweepA, m_sweepB;
|
||||
Type m_type;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localPoint;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_axis;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// CCD via the local separating axis method. This seeks progression
|
||||
// by computing the largest time at which separation is maintained.
|
||||
void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++b2_toiCalls;
|
||||
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_unknown;
|
||||
output->t = input->tMax;
|
||||
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyA = &input->proxyA;
|
||||
const b2DistanceProxy* proxyB = &input->proxyB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepA = input->sweepA;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepB = input->sweepB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Large rotations can make the root finder fail, so we normalize the
|
||||
// sweep angles.
|
||||
sweepA.Normalize();
|
||||
sweepB.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 tMax = input->tMax;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 totalRadius = proxyA->m_radius + proxyB->m_radius;
|
||||
float32 target = b2Max(b2_linearSlop, totalRadius - 3.0f * b2_linearSlop);
|
||||
float32 tolerance = 0.25f * b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
b2Assert(target > tolerance);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 t1 = 0.0f;
|
||||
const int32 k_maxIterations = 20; // TODO_ERIN b2Settings
|
||||
int32 iter = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare input for distance query.
|
||||
b2SimplexCache cache;
|
||||
cache.count = 0;
|
||||
b2DistanceInput distanceInput;
|
||||
distanceInput.proxyA = input->proxyA;
|
||||
distanceInput.proxyB = input->proxyB;
|
||||
distanceInput.useRadii = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// The outer loop progressively attempts to compute new separating axes.
|
||||
// This loop terminates when an axis is repeated (no progress is made).
|
||||
for(;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
sweepA.GetTransform(&xfA, t1);
|
||||
sweepB.GetTransform(&xfB, t1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the distance between shapes. We can also use the results
|
||||
// to get a separating axis.
|
||||
distanceInput.transformA = xfA;
|
||||
distanceInput.transformB = xfB;
|
||||
b2DistanceOutput distanceOutput;
|
||||
b2Distance(&distanceOutput, &cache, &distanceInput);
|
||||
|
||||
// If the shapes are overlapped, we give up on continuous collision.
|
||||
if (distanceOutput.distance <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Failure!
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_overlapped;
|
||||
output->t = 0.0f;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (distanceOutput.distance < target + tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Victory!
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_touching;
|
||||
output->t = t1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize the separating axis.
|
||||
b2SeparationFunction fcn;
|
||||
fcn.Initialize(&cache, proxyA, sweepA, proxyB, sweepB, t1);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// Dump the curve seen by the root finder
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int32 N = 100;
|
||||
float32 dx = 1.0f / N;
|
||||
float32 xs[N+1];
|
||||
float32 fs[N+1];
|
||||
|
||||
float32 x = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i <= N; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sweepA.GetTransform(&xfA, x);
|
||||
sweepB.GetTransform(&xfB, x);
|
||||
float32 f = fcn.Evaluate(xfA, xfB) - target;
|
||||
|
||||
printf("%g %g\n", x, f);
|
||||
|
||||
xs[i] = x;
|
||||
fs[i] = f;
|
||||
|
||||
x += dx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the TOI on the separating axis. We do this by successively
|
||||
// resolving the deepest point. This loop is bounded by the number of vertices.
|
||||
bool done = false;
|
||||
float32 t2 = tMax;
|
||||
int32 pushBackIter = 0;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Find the deepest point at t2. Store the witness point indices.
|
||||
int32 indexA, indexB;
|
||||
float32 s2 = fcn.FindMinSeparation(&indexA, &indexB, t2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the final configuration separated?
|
||||
if (s2 > target + tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Victory!
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_separated;
|
||||
output->t = tMax;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Has the separation reached tolerance?
|
||||
if (s2 > target - tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Advance the sweeps
|
||||
t1 = t2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the initial separation of the witness points.
|
||||
float32 s1 = fcn.Evaluate(indexA, indexB, t1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for initial overlap. This might happen if the root finder
|
||||
// runs out of iterations.
|
||||
if (s1 < target - tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_failed;
|
||||
output->t = t1;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for touching
|
||||
if (s1 <= target + tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Victory! t1 should hold the TOI (could be 0.0).
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_touching;
|
||||
output->t = t1;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute 1D root of: f(x) - target = 0
|
||||
int32 rootIterCount = 0;
|
||||
float32 a1 = t1, a2 = t2;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use a mix of the secant rule and bisection.
|
||||
float32 t;
|
||||
if (rootIterCount & 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Secant rule to improve convergence.
|
||||
t = a1 + (target - s1) * (a2 - a1) / (s2 - s1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Bisection to guarantee progress.
|
||||
t = 0.5f * (a1 + a2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s = fcn.Evaluate(indexA, indexB, t);
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2Abs(s - target) < tolerance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// t2 holds a tentative value for t1
|
||||
t2 = t;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure we continue to bracket the root.
|
||||
if (s > target)
|
||||
{
|
||||
a1 = t;
|
||||
s1 = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
a2 = t;
|
||||
s2 = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++rootIterCount;
|
||||
++b2_toiRootIters;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootIterCount == 50)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2_toiMaxRootIters = b2Max(b2_toiMaxRootIters, rootIterCount);
|
||||
|
||||
++pushBackIter;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pushBackIter == b2_maxPolygonVertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++iter;
|
||||
++b2_toiIters;
|
||||
|
||||
if (done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (iter == k_maxIterations)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Root finder got stuck. Semi-victory.
|
||||
output->state = b2TOIOutput::e_failed;
|
||||
output->t = t1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2_toiMaxIters = b2Max(b2_toiMaxIters, iter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
+58
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input parameters for b2TimeOfImpact
|
||||
struct b2TOIInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepA;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepB;
|
||||
float32 tMax; // defines sweep interval [0, tMax]
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Output parameters for b2TimeOfImpact.
|
||||
struct b2TOIOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum State
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknown,
|
||||
e_failed,
|
||||
e_overlapped,
|
||||
e_touching,
|
||||
e_separated
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
State state;
|
||||
float32 t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the upper bound on time before two shapes penetrate. Time is represented as
|
||||
/// a fraction between [0,tMax]. This uses a swept separating axis and may miss some intermediate,
|
||||
/// non-tunneling collision. If you change the time interval, you should call this function
|
||||
/// again.
|
||||
/// Note: use b2Distance to compute the contact point and normal at the time of impact.
|
||||
void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+19
-8
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -16,11 +16,12 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2BlockAllocator.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <cstdlib>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
#include <climits>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2BlockAllocator::s_blockSizes[b2_blockSizes] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -100,7 +101,12 @@ void* b2BlockAllocator::Allocate(int32 size)
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < size && size <= b2_maxBlockSize);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > b2_maxBlockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Alloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 index = s_blockSizeLookup[size];
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < b2_blockSizes);
|
||||
@@ -155,7 +161,13 @@ void b2BlockAllocator::Free(void* p, int32 size)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < size && size <= b2_maxBlockSize);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 < size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > b2_maxBlockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 index = s_blockSizeLookup[size];
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < b2_blockSizes);
|
||||
@@ -164,14 +176,13 @@ void b2BlockAllocator::Free(void* p, int32 size)
|
||||
// Verify the memory address and size is valid.
|
||||
int32 blockSize = s_blockSizes[index];
|
||||
bool found = false;
|
||||
int32 gap = (int32)((int8*)&m_chunks->blocks - (int8*)m_chunks);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_chunkCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Chunk* chunk = m_chunks + i;
|
||||
if (chunk->blockSize != blockSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert( (int8*)p + blockSize <= (int8*)chunk->blocks ||
|
||||
(int8*)chunk->blocks + b2_chunkSize + gap <= (int8*)p);
|
||||
(int8*)chunk->blocks + b2_chunkSize <= (int8*)p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+9
-6
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2Settings.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkSize = 4096;
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkSize = 16 * 1024;
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxBlockSize = 640;
|
||||
const int32 b2_blockSizes = 14;
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkArrayIncrement = 128;
|
||||
@@ -29,16 +29,19 @@ const int32 b2_chunkArrayIncrement = 128;
|
||||
struct b2Block;
|
||||
struct b2Chunk;
|
||||
|
||||
// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
|
||||
// objects that persist for more than one time step.
|
||||
// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
|
||||
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
|
||||
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
|
||||
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
~b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+24
-13
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -16,18 +16,29 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_NULL_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_NULL_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../Common/b2Math.h"
|
||||
#include "b2Contact.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2NullContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
b2Draw::b2Draw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2NullContact() {}
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2ContactListener*) {}
|
||||
b2Manifold* GetManifolds() { return NULL; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
m_drawFlags = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void b2Draw::SetFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags = flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint32 b2Draw::GetFlags() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_drawFlags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Draw::AppendFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags |= flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Draw::ClearFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags &= ~flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+81
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
|
||||
struct b2Color
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Color() {}
|
||||
b2Color(float32 r, float32 g, float32 b) : r(r), g(g), b(b) {}
|
||||
void Set(float32 ri, float32 gi, float32 bi) { r = ri; g = gi; b = bi; }
|
||||
float32 r, g, b;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
|
||||
/// entities in your game.
|
||||
class b2Draw
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Draw();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
|
||||
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
|
||||
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
|
||||
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
|
||||
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the drawing flags.
|
||||
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the drawing flags.
|
||||
uint32 GetFlags() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Append flags to the current flags.
|
||||
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
|
||||
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a line segment.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
|
||||
/// @param xf a transform.
|
||||
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
uint32 m_drawFlags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
Executable
+85
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#define B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a growable LIFO stack with an initial capacity of N.
|
||||
/// If the stack size exceeds the initial capacity, the heap is used
|
||||
/// to increase the size of the stack.
|
||||
template <typename T, int32 N>
|
||||
class b2GrowableStack
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_stack = m_array;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_capacity = N;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_stack != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_stack);
|
||||
m_stack = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Push(const T& element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_count == m_capacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
T* old = m_stack;
|
||||
m_capacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_stack = (T*)b2Alloc(m_capacity * sizeof(T));
|
||||
std::memcpy(m_stack, old, m_count * sizeof(T));
|
||||
if (old != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(old);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_stack[m_count] = element;
|
||||
++m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
T Pop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_count > 0);
|
||||
--m_count;
|
||||
return m_stack[m_count];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 GetCount()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
T* m_stack;
|
||||
T m_array[N];
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
int32 m_capacity;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Executable
+94
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec3 b2Mat33::Solve33(const b2Vec3& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec3 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * b2Dot(b, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
x.y = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(b, ez));
|
||||
x.z = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, b));
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2Mat33::Solve22(const b2Vec2& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec2 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * (a22 * b.x - a12 * b.y);
|
||||
x.y = det * (a11 * b.y - a21 * b.x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void b2Mat33::GetInverse22(b2Mat33* M) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
M->ex.x = det * d; M->ey.x = -det * b; M->ex.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
M->ex.y = -det * c; M->ey.y = det * a; M->ey.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
M->ez.x = 0.0f; M->ez.y = 0.0f; M->ez.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void b2Mat33::GetSymInverse33(b2Mat33* M) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a13 = ez.x;
|
||||
float32 a22 = ey.y, a23 = ez.y;
|
||||
float32 a33 = ez.z;
|
||||
|
||||
M->ex.x = det * (a22 * a33 - a23 * a23);
|
||||
M->ex.y = det * (a13 * a23 - a12 * a33);
|
||||
M->ex.z = det * (a12 * a23 - a13 * a22);
|
||||
|
||||
M->ey.x = M->ex.y;
|
||||
M->ey.y = det * (a11 * a33 - a13 * a13);
|
||||
M->ey.z = det * (a13 * a12 - a11 * a23);
|
||||
|
||||
M->ez.x = M->ex.z;
|
||||
M->ez.y = M->ey.z;
|
||||
M->ez.z = det * (a11 * a22 - a12 * a12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+731
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MATH_H
|
||||
#define B2_MATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
#include <cfloat>
|
||||
#include <cstddef>
|
||||
#include <limits>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This function is used to ensure that a floating point number is
|
||||
/// not a NaN or infinity.
|
||||
inline bool b2IsValid(float32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x != x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// NaN.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 infinity = std::numeric_limits<float32>::infinity();
|
||||
return -infinity < x && x < infinity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a approximate yet fast inverse square-root.
|
||||
inline float32 b2InvSqrt(float32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 x;
|
||||
int32 i;
|
||||
} convert;
|
||||
|
||||
convert.x = x;
|
||||
float32 xhalf = 0.5f * x;
|
||||
convert.i = 0x5f3759df - (convert.i >> 1);
|
||||
x = convert.x;
|
||||
x = x * (1.5f - xhalf * x * x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2Sqrt(x) std::sqrt(x)
|
||||
#define b2Atan2(y, x) std::atan2(y, x)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2D column vector.
|
||||
struct b2Vec2
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Vec2() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct using coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2(float32 x, float32 y) : x(x), y(y) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
|
||||
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_) { x = x_; y = y_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Negate this vector.
|
||||
b2Vec2 operator -() const { b2Vec2 v; v.Set(-x, -y); return v; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Read from and indexed element.
|
||||
float32 operator () (int32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (&x)[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Write to an indexed element.
|
||||
float32& operator () (int32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (&x)[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a vector to this vector.
|
||||
void operator += (const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.x; y += v.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract a vector from this vector.
|
||||
void operator -= (const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.x; y -= v.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
|
||||
void operator *= (float32 a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= a; y *= a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the length of this vector (the norm).
|
||||
float32 Length() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Sqrt(x * x + y * y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the length squared. For performance, use this instead of
|
||||
/// b2Vec2::Length (if possible).
|
||||
float32 LengthSquared() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * x + y * y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Convert this vector into a unit vector. Returns the length.
|
||||
float32 Normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 length = Length();
|
||||
if (length < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float32 invLength = 1.0f / length;
|
||||
x *= invLength;
|
||||
y *= invLength;
|
||||
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this vector contain finite coordinates?
|
||||
bool IsValid() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2IsValid(x) && b2IsValid(y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the skew vector such that dot(skew_vec, other) == cross(vec, other)
|
||||
b2Vec2 Skew() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-y, x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 x, y;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2D column vector with 3 elements.
|
||||
struct b2Vec3
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Vec3() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct using coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec3(float32 x, float32 y, float32 z) : x(x), y(y), z(z) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; z = 0.0f; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
|
||||
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_, float32 z_) { x = x_; y = y_; z = z_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Negate this vector.
|
||||
b2Vec3 operator -() const { b2Vec3 v; v.Set(-x, -y, -z); return v; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a vector to this vector.
|
||||
void operator += (const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.x; y += v.y; z += v.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract a vector from this vector.
|
||||
void operator -= (const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.x; y -= v.y; z -= v.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
|
||||
void operator *= (float32 s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= s; y *= s; z *= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 x, y, z;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2-by-2 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
|
||||
struct b2Mat22
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Mat22() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using columns.
|
||||
b2Mat22(const b2Vec2& c1, const b2Vec2& c2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using scalars.
|
||||
b2Mat22(float32 a11, float32 a12, float32 a21, float32 a22)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = a11; ex.y = a21;
|
||||
ey.x = a12; ey.y = a22;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize this matrix using columns.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& c1, const b2Vec2& c2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this to the identity matrix.
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = 1.0f; ey.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
ex.y = 0.0f; ey.y = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this matrix to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = 0.0f; ey.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
ex.y = 0.0f; ey.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Mat22 GetInverse() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
|
||||
b2Mat22 B;
|
||||
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
B.ex.x = det * d; B.ey.x = -det * b;
|
||||
B.ex.y = -det * c; B.ey.y = det * a;
|
||||
return B;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec2 Solve(const b2Vec2& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec2 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * (a22 * b.x - a12 * b.y);
|
||||
x.y = det * (a11 * b.y - a21 * b.x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 ex, ey;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 3-by-3 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
|
||||
struct b2Mat33
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Mat33() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using columns.
|
||||
b2Mat33(const b2Vec3& c1, const b2Vec3& c2, const b2Vec3& c3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
ez = c3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this matrix to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.SetZero();
|
||||
ey.SetZero();
|
||||
ez.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec3 Solve33(const b2Vec3& b) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases. Solve only the upper
|
||||
/// 2-by-2 matrix equation.
|
||||
b2Vec2 Solve22(const b2Vec2& b) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the inverse of this matrix as a 2-by-2.
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void GetInverse22(b2Mat33* M) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the symmetric inverse of this matrix as a 3-by-3.
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void GetSymInverse33(b2Mat33* M) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 ex, ey, ez;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rotation
|
||||
struct b2Rot
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Rot() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize from an angle in radians
|
||||
explicit b2Rot(float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
|
||||
s = sinf(angle);
|
||||
c = cosf(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set using an angle in radians.
|
||||
void Set(float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
|
||||
s = sinf(angle);
|
||||
c = cosf(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set to the identity rotation
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
s = 0.0f;
|
||||
c = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angle in radians
|
||||
float32 GetAngle() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Atan2(s, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the x-axis
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetXAxis() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(c, s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the u-axis
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetYAxis() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-s, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sine and cosine
|
||||
float32 s, c;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A transform contains translation and rotation. It is used to represent
|
||||
/// the position and orientation of rigid frames.
|
||||
struct b2Transform
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing.
|
||||
b2Transform() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize using a position vector and a rotation.
|
||||
b2Transform(const b2Vec2& position, const b2Rot& rotation) : p(position), q(rotation) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this to the identity transform.
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
p.SetZero();
|
||||
q.SetIdentity();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this based on the position and angle.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = position;
|
||||
q.Set(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 p;
|
||||
b2Rot q;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This describes the motion of a body/shape for TOI computation.
|
||||
/// Shapes are defined with respect to the body origin, which may
|
||||
/// no coincide with the center of mass. However, to support dynamics
|
||||
/// we must interpolate the center of mass position.
|
||||
struct b2Sweep
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Get the interpolated transform at a specific time.
|
||||
/// @param beta is a factor in [0,1], where 0 indicates alpha0.
|
||||
void GetTransform(b2Transform* xfb, float32 beta) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Advance the sweep forward, yielding a new initial state.
|
||||
/// @param alpha the new initial time.
|
||||
void Advance(float32 alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalize the angles.
|
||||
void Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenter; ///< local center of mass position
|
||||
b2Vec2 c0, c; ///< center world positions
|
||||
float32 a0, a; ///< world angles
|
||||
|
||||
/// Fraction of the current time step in the range [0,1]
|
||||
/// c0 and a0 are the positions at alpha0.
|
||||
float32 alpha0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Useful constant
|
||||
extern const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on two vectors. In 2D this produces a scalar.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.y - a.y * b.x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on a vector and a scalar. In 2D this produces
|
||||
/// a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, float32 s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(s * a.y, -s * a.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on a scalar and a vector. In 2D this produces
|
||||
/// a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-s * a.y, s * a.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector. If a rotation matrix is provided,
|
||||
/// then this transforms the vector from one frame to another.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(A.ex.x * v.x + A.ey.x * v.y, A.ex.y * v.x + A.ey.y * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix transpose times a vector. If a rotation matrix is provided,
|
||||
/// then this transforms the vector from one frame to another (inverse transform).
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Dot(v, A.ex), b2Dot(v, A.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator + (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(a.x + b.x, a.y + b.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator - (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(s * a.x, s * a.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x == b.x && a.y == b.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Distance(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
|
||||
return c.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceSquared(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
|
||||
return b2Dot(c, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec3& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(s * a.x, s * a.y, s * a.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator + (const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.x + b.x, a.y + b.y, a.z + b.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator - (const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y, a.z - b.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y + a.z * b.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 b2Cross(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.y * b.z - a.z * b.y, a.z * b.x - a.x * b.z, a.x * b.y - a.y * b.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 operator + (const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(A.ex + B.ex, A.ey + B.ey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A * B
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2Mul(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(b2Mul(A, B.ex), b2Mul(A, B.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A^T * B
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2MulT(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c1(b2Dot(A.ex, B.ex), b2Dot(A.ey, B.ex));
|
||||
b2Vec2 c2(b2Dot(A.ex, B.ey), b2Dot(A.ey, B.ey));
|
||||
return b2Mat22(c1, c2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 b2Mul(const b2Mat33& A, const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return v.x * A.ex + v.y * A.ey + v.z * A.ez;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul22(const b2Mat33& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(A.ex.x * v.x + A.ey.x * v.y, A.ex.y * v.x + A.ey.y * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply two rotations: q * r
|
||||
inline b2Rot b2Mul(const b2Rot& q, const b2Rot& r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// [qc -qs] * [rc -rs] = [qc*rc-qs*rs -qc*rs-qs*rc]
|
||||
// [qs qc] [rs rc] [qs*rc+qc*rs -qs*rs+qc*rc]
|
||||
// s = qs * rc + qc * rs
|
||||
// c = qc * rc - qs * rs
|
||||
b2Rot qr;
|
||||
qr.s = q.s * r.c + q.c * r.s;
|
||||
qr.c = q.c * r.c - q.s * r.s;
|
||||
return qr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Transpose multiply two rotations: qT * r
|
||||
inline b2Rot b2MulT(const b2Rot& q, const b2Rot& r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// [ qc qs] * [rc -rs] = [qc*rc+qs*rs -qc*rs+qs*rc]
|
||||
// [-qs qc] [rs rc] [-qs*rc+qc*rs qs*rs+qc*rc]
|
||||
// s = qc * rs - qs * rc
|
||||
// c = qc * rc + qs * rs
|
||||
b2Rot qr;
|
||||
qr.s = q.c * r.s - q.s * r.c;
|
||||
qr.c = q.c * r.c + q.s * r.s;
|
||||
return qr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rotate a vector
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Rot& q, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(q.c * v.x - q.s * v.y, q.s * v.x + q.c * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Inverse rotate a vector
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Rot& q, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(q.c * v.x + q.s * v.y, -q.s * v.x + q.c * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 x = (T.q.c * v.x - T.q.s * v.y) + T.p.x;
|
||||
float32 y = (T.q.s * v.x + T.q.c * v.y) + T.p.y;
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Vec2(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 px = v.x - T.p.x;
|
||||
float32 py = v.y - T.p.y;
|
||||
float32 x = (T.q.c * px + T.q.s * py);
|
||||
float32 y = (-T.q.s * px + T.q.c * py);
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Vec2(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// v2 = A.q.Rot(B.q.Rot(v1) + B.p) + A.p
|
||||
// = (A.q * B.q).Rot(v1) + A.q.Rot(B.p) + A.p
|
||||
inline b2Transform b2Mul(const b2Transform& A, const b2Transform& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform C;
|
||||
C.q = b2Mul(A.q, B.q);
|
||||
C.p = b2Mul(A.q, B.p) + A.p;
|
||||
return C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// v2 = A.q' * (B.q * v1 + B.p - A.p)
|
||||
// = A.q' * B.q * v1 + A.q' * (B.p - A.p)
|
||||
inline b2Transform b2MulT(const b2Transform& A, const b2Transform& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform C;
|
||||
C.q = b2MulT(A.q, B.q);
|
||||
C.p = b2MulT(A.q, B.p - A.p);
|
||||
return C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Abs(T a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a > T(0) ? a : -a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Abs(const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Abs(a.x), b2Abs(a.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2Abs(const b2Mat22& A)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(b2Abs(A.ex), b2Abs(A.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Min(T a, T b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a < b ? a : b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Min(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Min(a.x, b.x), b2Min(a.y, b.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Max(T a, T b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a > b ? a : b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Max(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Max(a.x, b.x), b2Max(a.y, b.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Clamp(T a, T low, T high)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Max(low, b2Min(a, high));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Clamp(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& low, const b2Vec2& high)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Max(low, b2Min(a, high));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T> inline void b2Swap(T& a, T& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
T tmp = a;
|
||||
a = b;
|
||||
b = tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// "Next Largest Power of 2
|
||||
/// Given a binary integer value x, the next largest power of 2 can be computed by a SWAR algorithm
|
||||
/// that recursively "folds" the upper bits into the lower bits. This process yields a bit vector with
|
||||
/// the same most significant 1 as x, but all 1's below it. Adding 1 to that value yields the next
|
||||
/// largest power of 2. For a 32-bit value:"
|
||||
inline uint32 b2NextPowerOfTwo(uint32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x |= (x >> 1);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 2);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 4);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 8);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 16);
|
||||
return x + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2IsPowerOfTwo(uint32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool result = x > 0 && (x & (x - 1)) == 0;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::GetTransform(b2Transform* xf, float32 beta) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
xf->p = (1.0f - beta) * c0 + beta * c;
|
||||
float32 angle = (1.0f - beta) * a0 + beta * a;
|
||||
xf->q.Set(angle);
|
||||
|
||||
// Shift to origin
|
||||
xf->p -= b2Mul(xf->q, localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::Advance(float32 alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(alpha0 < 1.0f);
|
||||
float32 beta = (alpha - alpha0) / (1.0f - alpha0);
|
||||
c0 = (1.0f - beta) * c0 + beta * c;
|
||||
a0 = (1.0f - beta) * a0 + beta * a;
|
||||
alpha0 = alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalize an angle in radians to be between -pi and pi
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::Normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 twoPi = 2.0f * b2_pi;
|
||||
float32 d = twoPi * floorf(a0 / twoPi);
|
||||
a0 -= d;
|
||||
a -= d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+23
-22
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -16,36 +16,37 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2Settings.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <cstdlib>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
#include <cstdarg>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Version b2_version = {2, 0, 1};
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2_byteCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#include "common/Exception.h"
|
||||
|
||||
b2Version b2_version = {2, 2, 1};
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory allocators. Modify these to use your own allocator.
|
||||
void* b2Alloc(int32 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size += 4;
|
||||
b2_byteCount += size;
|
||||
char* bytes = (char*)malloc(size);
|
||||
*(int32*)bytes = size;
|
||||
return bytes + 4;
|
||||
return malloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Free(void* mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mem == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char* bytes = (char*)mem;
|
||||
bytes -= 4;
|
||||
int32 size = *(int32*)bytes;
|
||||
b2Assert(b2_byteCount >= size);
|
||||
b2_byteCount -= size;
|
||||
free(bytes);
|
||||
free(mem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// You can modify this to use your logging facility.
|
||||
void b2Log(const char* string, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
va_start(args, string);
|
||||
vprintf(string, args);
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!test)
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Box2D error: %s", teststr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+57
-82
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -19,23 +19,14 @@
|
||||
#ifndef B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
#define B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
//#include <common/Exception.h>
|
||||
#include <cassert>
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
#define B2_NOT_USED(x) x
|
||||
#define b2Assert(A) assert(A)
|
||||
//#define b2Assert(A) {if(!(A)) throw love::Exception("Box2D error: " #A);}
|
||||
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// need to include NDS jtypes.h instead of
|
||||
// usual typedefs because NDS jtypes defines
|
||||
// them slightly differently, oh well.
|
||||
#ifdef TARGET_IS_NDS
|
||||
|
||||
#include "jtypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define B2_NOT_USED(x) ((void)(x))
|
||||
//#define b2Assert(A) assert(A)
|
||||
#define b2Assert(A) loveAssert((A), #A)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef signed char int8;
|
||||
typedef signed short int16;
|
||||
@@ -43,114 +34,110 @@ typedef signed int int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char uint8;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short uint16;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint32;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TARGET_FLOAT32_IS_FIXED
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Fixed.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef Fixed float32;
|
||||
#define B2_FLT_MAX FIXED_MAX
|
||||
#define B2_FLT_EPSILON FIXED_EPSILON
|
||||
#define B2FORCE_SCALE(x) ((x)<<7)
|
||||
#define B2FORCE_INV_SCALE(x) ((x)>>7)
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef float float32;
|
||||
#define B2_FLT_MAX FLT_MAX
|
||||
#define B2_FLT_EPSILON FLT_EPSILON
|
||||
#define B2FORCE_SCALE(x) (x)
|
||||
#define B2FORCE_INV_SCALE(x) (x)
|
||||
typedef double float64;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
const float32 b2_pi = 3.14159265359f;
|
||||
#define b2_maxFloat FLT_MAX
|
||||
#define b2_epsilon FLT_EPSILON
|
||||
#define b2_pi 3.14159265359f
|
||||
|
||||
/// @file
|
||||
/// Global tuning constants based on meters-kilograms-seconds (MKS) units.
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
// Collision
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxManifoldPoints = 2;
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxPolygonVertices = 8;
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxProxies = 2048; // this must be a power of two
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxPairs = 8 * b2_maxProxies; // this must be a power of two
|
||||
|
||||
// Dynamics
|
||||
/// The maximum number of contact points between two convex shapes. Do
|
||||
/// not change this value.
|
||||
#define b2_maxManifoldPoints 2
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of vertices on a convex polygon. You cannot increase
|
||||
/// this too much because b2BlockAllocator has a maximum object size.
|
||||
#define b2_maxPolygonVertices 8
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This allows proxies
|
||||
/// to move by a small amount without triggering a tree adjustment.
|
||||
/// This is in meters.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbExtension 0.1f
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This is used to predict
|
||||
/// the future position based on the current displacement.
|
||||
/// This is a dimensionless multiplier.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 2.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small length used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
const float32 b2_linearSlop = 0.005f; // 0.5 cm
|
||||
#define b2_linearSlop 0.005f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small angle used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
const float32 b2_angularSlop = 2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi; // 2 degrees
|
||||
#define b2_angularSlop (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Continuous collision detection (CCD) works with core, shrunken shapes. This is the
|
||||
/// amount by which shapes are automatically shrunk to work with CCD. This must be
|
||||
/// larger than b2_linearSlop.
|
||||
const float32 b2_toiSlop = 8.0f * b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
/// The radius of the polygon/edge shape skin. This should not be modified. Making
|
||||
/// this smaller means polygons will have an insufficient buffer for continuous collision.
|
||||
/// Making it larger may create artifacts for vertex collision.
|
||||
#define b2_polygonRadius (2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of contacts to be handled to solve a TOI island.
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxTOIContactsPerIsland = 32;
|
||||
/// Maximum number of sub-steps per contact in continuous physics simulation.
|
||||
#define b2_maxSubSteps 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dynamics
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of contacts to be handled to solve a TOI impact.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTOIContacts 32
|
||||
|
||||
/// A velocity threshold for elastic collisions. Any collision with a relative linear
|
||||
/// velocity below this threshold will be treated as inelastic.
|
||||
const float32 b2_velocityThreshold = 1.0f; // 1 m/s
|
||||
#define b2_velocityThreshold 1.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxLinearCorrection = 0.2f; // 20 cm
|
||||
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection 0.2f
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxAngularCorrection = 8.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi; // 8 degrees
|
||||
#define b2_maxAngularCorrection (8.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
|
||||
#ifdef TARGET_FLOAT32_IS_FIXED
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxLinearVelocity = 100.0f;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxLinearVelocity = 200.0f;
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxLinearVelocitySquared = b2_maxLinearVelocity * b2_maxLinearVelocity;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslation 2.0f
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslationSquared (b2_maxTranslation * b2_maxTranslation)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxAngularVelocity = 250.0f;
|
||||
#ifndef TARGET_FLOAT32_IS_FIXED
|
||||
const float32 b2_maxAngularVelocitySquared = b2_maxAngularVelocity * b2_maxAngularVelocity;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define b2_maxRotation (0.5f * b2_pi)
|
||||
#define b2_maxRotationSquared (b2_maxRotation * b2_maxRotation)
|
||||
|
||||
/// This scale factor controls how fast overlap is resolved. Ideally this would be 1 so
|
||||
/// that overlap is removed in one time step. However using values close to 1 often lead
|
||||
/// to overshoot.
|
||||
const float32 b2_contactBaumgarte = 0.2f;
|
||||
#define b2_baumgarte 0.2f
|
||||
#define b2_toiBaugarte 0.75f
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sleep
|
||||
|
||||
/// The time that a body must be still before it will go to sleep.
|
||||
const float32 b2_timeToSleep = 0.5f; // half a second
|
||||
#define b2_timeToSleep 0.5f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its linear velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
const float32 b2_linearSleepTolerance = 0.01f; // 1 cm/s
|
||||
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance 0.01f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its angular velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
const float32 b2_angularSleepTolerance = 2.0f / 180.0f; // 2 degrees/s
|
||||
#define b2_angularSleepTolerance (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory Allocation
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current number of bytes allocated through b2Alloc.
|
||||
extern int32 b2_byteCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement this function to use your own memory allocator.
|
||||
void* b2Alloc(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// If you implement b2Alloc, you should also implement this function.
|
||||
void b2Free(void* mem);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Logging function.
|
||||
void b2Log(const char* string, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Version numbering scheme.
|
||||
/// See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_versioning
|
||||
struct b2Version
|
||||
@@ -163,16 +150,4 @@ struct b2Version
|
||||
/// Current version.
|
||||
extern b2Version b2_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction mixing law. Feel free to customize this.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixFriction(float32 friction1, float32 friction2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sqrtf(friction1 * friction2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restitution mixing law. Feel free to customize this.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixRestitution(float32 restitution1, float32 restitution2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return restitution1 > restitution2 ? restitution1 : restitution2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+3
-3
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2StackAllocator.h"
|
||||
#include "b2Math.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackAllocator::b2StackAllocator()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+2
-2
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
||||
#ifndef B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2Settings.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_stackSize = 100 * 1024; // 100k
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxStackEntries = 32;
|
||||
Executable
+100
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
|
||||
float64 b2Timer::s_invFrequency = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
|
||||
if (s_invFrequency == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QueryPerformanceFrequency(&largeInteger);
|
||||
s_invFrequency = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
if (s_invFrequency > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s_invFrequency = 1000.0f / s_invFrequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
float64 count = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
float32 ms = float32(s_invFrequency * (count - m_start));
|
||||
return ms;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeval t;
|
||||
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
|
||||
m_start_sec = t.tv_sec;
|
||||
m_start_msec = t.tv_usec * 0.001f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeval t;
|
||||
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
|
||||
return (t.tv_sec - m_start_sec) * 1000 + t.tv_usec * 0.001f - m_start_msec;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Executable
+45
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Timer for profiling. This has platform specific code and may
|
||||
/// not work on every platform.
|
||||
class b2Timer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
b2Timer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the timer.
|
||||
void Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the time since construction or the last reset.
|
||||
float32 GetMilliseconds() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
float64 m_start;
|
||||
static float64 s_invFrequency;
|
||||
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_sec;
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_msec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2ChainAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2ChainAndCircleContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2ChainAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndCircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndCircleContact::b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
b2EdgeShape edge;
|
||||
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndCircle( manifold, &edge, xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2ChainAndPolygonContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2ChainAndPolygonContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndPolygonContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndPolygonContact::b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
b2EdgeShape edge;
|
||||
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( manifold, &edge, xfA,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndPolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2CircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2CircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2CircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2CircleContact*)contact)->~b2CircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2CircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2CircleContact::b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollideCircles(manifold,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Regular → Executable
+8
-15
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.gphysics.com
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
@@ -16,31 +16,24 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../Common/b2Math.h"
|
||||
#include "../../Collision/b2Collision.h"
|
||||
#include "b2Contact.h"
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2CircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create(b2Shape* shape1, b2Shape* shape2, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2CircleContact(b2Shape* shape1, b2Shape* shape2);
|
||||
b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2CircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2ContactListener* listener);
|
||||
b2Manifold* GetManifolds()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &m_manifold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Manifold m_manifold;
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+240
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactRegister b2Contact::s_registers[b2Shape::e_typeCount][b2Shape::e_typeCount];
|
||||
bool b2Contact::s_initialized = false;
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Contact::InitializeRegisters()
|
||||
{
|
||||
AddType(b2CircleContact::Create, b2CircleContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_circle, b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
AddType(b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Create, b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_polygon, b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
AddType(b2PolygonContact::Create, b2PolygonContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_polygon, b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
AddType(b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Create, b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_edge, b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
AddType(b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Create, b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_edge, b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
AddType(b2ChainAndCircleContact::Create, b2ChainAndCircleContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_chain, b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
AddType(b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Create, b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Destroy, b2Shape::e_chain, b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Contact::AddType(b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn, b2ContactDestroyFcn* destoryFcn,
|
||||
b2Shape::Type type1, b2Shape::Type type2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= type1 && type1 < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= type2 && type2 < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
|
||||
s_registers[type1][type2].createFcn = createFcn;
|
||||
s_registers[type1][type2].destroyFcn = destoryFcn;
|
||||
s_registers[type1][type2].primary = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (type1 != type2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s_registers[type2][type1].createFcn = createFcn;
|
||||
s_registers[type2][type1].destroyFcn = destoryFcn;
|
||||
s_registers[type2][type1].primary = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2Contact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s_initialized == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeRegisters();
|
||||
s_initialized = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape::Type type1 = fixtureA->GetType();
|
||||
b2Shape::Type type2 = fixtureB->GetType();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= type1 && type1 < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= type2 && type2 < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn = s_registers[type1][type2].createFcn;
|
||||
if (createFcn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s_registers[type1][type2].primary)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return createFcn(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB, allocator);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return createFcn(fixtureB, indexB, fixtureA, indexA, allocator);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Contact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(s_initialized == true);
|
||||
|
||||
if (contact->m_manifold.pointCount > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
contact->GetFixtureA()->GetBody()->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
contact->GetFixtureB()->GetBody()->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape::Type typeA = contact->GetFixtureA()->GetType();
|
||||
b2Shape::Type typeB = contact->GetFixtureB()->GetType();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= typeA && typeB < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= typeA && typeB < b2Shape::e_typeCount);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn = s_registers[typeA][typeB].destroyFcn;
|
||||
destroyFcn(contact, allocator);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact::b2Contact(b2Fixture* fA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fB, int32 indexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags = e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
|
||||
m_fixtureA = fA;
|
||||
m_fixtureB = fB;
|
||||
|
||||
m_indexA = indexA;
|
||||
m_indexB = indexB;
|
||||
|
||||
m_manifold.pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodeA.contact = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeA.prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeA.next = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeA.other = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodeB.contact = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeB.prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeB.next = NULL;
|
||||
m_nodeB.other = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_toiCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_friction = b2MixFriction(m_fixtureA->m_friction, m_fixtureB->m_friction);
|
||||
m_restitution = b2MixRestitution(m_fixtureA->m_restitution, m_fixtureB->m_restitution);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the contact manifold and touching status.
|
||||
// Note: do not assume the fixture AABBs are overlapping or are valid.
|
||||
void b2Contact::Update(b2ContactListener* listener)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Manifold oldManifold = m_manifold;
|
||||
|
||||
// Re-enable this contact.
|
||||
m_flags |= e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
|
||||
bool touching = false;
|
||||
bool wasTouching = (m_flags & e_touchingFlag) == e_touchingFlag;
|
||||
|
||||
bool sensorA = m_fixtureA->IsSensor();
|
||||
bool sensorB = m_fixtureB->IsSensor();
|
||||
bool sensor = sensorA || sensorB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Body* bodyA = m_fixtureA->GetBody();
|
||||
b2Body* bodyB = m_fixtureB->GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA = bodyA->GetTransform();
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB = bodyB->GetTransform();
|
||||
|
||||
// Is this contact a sensor?
|
||||
if (sensor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeA = m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB = m_fixtureB->GetShape();
|
||||
touching = b2TestOverlap(shapeA, m_indexA, shapeB, m_indexB, xfA, xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
// Sensors don't generate manifolds.
|
||||
m_manifold.pointCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Evaluate(&m_manifold, xfA, xfB);
|
||||
touching = m_manifold.pointCount > 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Match old contact ids to new contact ids and copy the
|
||||
// stored impulses to warm start the solver.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_manifold.pointCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* mp2 = m_manifold.points + i;
|
||||
mp2->normalImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
mp2->tangentImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
b2ContactID id2 = mp2->id;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < oldManifold.pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* mp1 = oldManifold.points + j;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mp1->id.key == id2.key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mp2->normalImpulse = mp1->normalImpulse;
|
||||
mp2->tangentImpulse = mp1->tangentImpulse;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (touching != wasTouching)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (touching)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_touchingFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_touchingFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wasTouching == false && touching == true && listener)
|
||||
{
|
||||
listener->BeginContact(this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wasTouching == true && touching == false && listener)
|
||||
{
|
||||
listener->EndContact(this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sensor == false && touching && listener)
|
||||
{
|
||||
listener->PreSolve(this, &oldManifold);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+331
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2World;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the restitution to zero.
|
||||
/// For example, anything slides on ice.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixFriction(float32 friction1, float32 friction2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::sqrt(friction1 * friction2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restitution mixing law. The idea is allow for anything to bounce off an inelastic surface.
|
||||
/// For example, a superball bounces on anything.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixRestitution(float32 restitution1, float32 restitution2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return restitution1 > restitution2 ? restitution1 : restitution2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef b2Contact* b2ContactCreateFcn( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
typedef void b2ContactDestroyFcn(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactRegister
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn;
|
||||
b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn;
|
||||
bool primary;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A contact edge is used to connect bodies and contacts together
|
||||
/// in a contact graph where each body is a node and each contact
|
||||
/// is an edge. A contact edge belongs to a doubly linked list
|
||||
/// maintained in each attached body. Each contact has two contact
|
||||
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
|
||||
struct b2ContactEdge
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
|
||||
b2Contact* contact; ///< the contact
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* prev; ///< the previous contact edge in the body's contact list
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* next; ///< the next contact edge in the body's contact list
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The class manages contact between two shapes. A contact exists for each overlapping
|
||||
/// AABB in the broad-phase (except if filtered). Therefore a contact object may exist
|
||||
/// that has no contact points.
|
||||
class b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the contact manifold. Do not modify the manifold unless you understand the
|
||||
/// internals of Box2D.
|
||||
b2Manifold* GetManifold();
|
||||
const b2Manifold* GetManifold() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world manifold.
|
||||
void GetWorldManifold(b2WorldManifold* worldManifold) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this contact touching?
|
||||
bool IsTouching() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable this contact. This can be used inside the pre-solve
|
||||
/// contact listener. The contact is only disabled for the current
|
||||
/// time step (or sub-step in continuous collisions).
|
||||
void SetEnabled(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Has this contact been disabled?
|
||||
bool IsEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the next contact in the world's contact list.
|
||||
b2Contact* GetNext();
|
||||
const b2Contact* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get fixture A in this contact.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetFixtureA();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetFixtureA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the child primitive index for fixture A.
|
||||
int32 GetChildIndexA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get fixture B in this contact.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetFixtureB();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetFixtureB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the child primitive index for fixture B.
|
||||
int32 GetChildIndexB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default friction mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// This value persists until set or reset.
|
||||
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the friction.
|
||||
float32 GetFriction() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the friction mixture to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetFriction();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default restitution mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
|
||||
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the restitution.
|
||||
float32 GetRestitution() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the restitution to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetRestitution();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Evaluate this contact with your own manifold and transforms.
|
||||
virtual void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
friend class b2World;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactSolver;
|
||||
friend class b2Body;
|
||||
friend class b2Fixture;
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags stored in m_flags
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Used when crawling contact graph when forming islands.
|
||||
e_islandFlag = 0x0001,
|
||||
|
||||
// Set when the shapes are touching.
|
||||
e_touchingFlag = 0x0002,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact can be disabled (by user)
|
||||
e_enabledFlag = 0x0004,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact needs filtering because a fixture filter was changed.
|
||||
e_filterFlag = 0x0008,
|
||||
|
||||
// This bullet contact had a TOI event
|
||||
e_bulletHitFlag = 0x0010,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact has a valid TOI in m_toi
|
||||
e_toiFlag = 0x0020
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flag this contact for filtering. Filtering will occur the next time step.
|
||||
void FlagForFiltering();
|
||||
|
||||
static void AddType(b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn, b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn,
|
||||
b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB);
|
||||
static void InitializeRegisters();
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(NULL), m_fixtureB(NULL) {}
|
||||
b2Contact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
virtual ~b2Contact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Update(b2ContactListener* listener);
|
||||
|
||||
static b2ContactRegister s_registers[b2Shape::e_typeCount][b2Shape::e_typeCount];
|
||||
static bool s_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32 m_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
// World pool and list pointers.
|
||||
b2Contact* m_prev;
|
||||
b2Contact* m_next;
|
||||
|
||||
// Nodes for connecting bodies.
|
||||
b2ContactEdge m_nodeA;
|
||||
b2ContactEdge m_nodeB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_fixtureA;
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_fixtureB;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Manifold m_manifold;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_toiCount;
|
||||
float32 m_toi;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_friction;
|
||||
float32 m_restitution;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &m_manifold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &m_manifold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::GetWorldManifold(b2WorldManifold* worldManifold) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Body* bodyA = m_fixtureA->GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Body* bodyB = m_fixtureB->GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeA = m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB = m_fixtureB->GetShape();
|
||||
|
||||
worldManifold->Initialize(&m_manifold, bodyA->GetTransform(), shapeA->m_radius, bodyB->GetTransform(), shapeB->m_radius);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetEnabled(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Contact::IsEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_enabledFlag) == e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Contact::IsTouching() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_touchingFlag) == e_touchingFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Contact* b2Contact::GetNext()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Contact* b2Contact::GetNext() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureA()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureB()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2Contact::GetChildIndexA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_indexA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2Contact::GetChildIndexB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_indexB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::FlagForFiltering()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_filterFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float32 friction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetFriction() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::ResetFriction()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = b2MixFriction(m_fixtureA->m_friction, m_fixtureB->m_friction);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitution()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = b2MixRestitution(m_fixtureA->m_restitution, m_fixtureB->m_restitution);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+832
@@ -0,0 +1,832 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define B2_DEBUG_SOLVER 0
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactPositionConstraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoints[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
|
||||
b2Vec2 localNormal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint;
|
||||
int32 indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB;
|
||||
float32 invMassA, invMassB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterA, localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 invIA, invIB;
|
||||
b2Manifold::Type type;
|
||||
float32 radiusA, radiusB;
|
||||
int32 pointCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactSolver::b2ContactSolver(b2ContactSolverDef* def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_step = def->step;
|
||||
m_allocator = def->allocator;
|
||||
m_count = def->count;
|
||||
m_positionConstraints = (b2ContactPositionConstraint*)m_allocator->Allocate(m_count * sizeof(b2ContactPositionConstraint));
|
||||
m_velocityConstraints = (b2ContactVelocityConstraint*)m_allocator->Allocate(m_count * sizeof(b2ContactVelocityConstraint));
|
||||
m_positions = def->positions;
|
||||
m_velocities = def->velocities;
|
||||
m_contacts = def->contacts;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize position independent portions of the constraints.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Contact* contact = m_contacts[i];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureA = contact->m_fixtureA;
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB = contact->m_fixtureB;
|
||||
b2Shape* shapeA = fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
b2Shape* shapeB = fixtureB->GetShape();
|
||||
float32 radiusA = shapeA->m_radius;
|
||||
float32 radiusB = shapeB->m_radius;
|
||||
b2Body* bodyA = fixtureA->GetBody();
|
||||
b2Body* bodyB = fixtureB->GetBody();
|
||||
b2Manifold* manifold = contact->GetManifold();
|
||||
|
||||
int32 pointCount = manifold->pointCount;
|
||||
b2Assert(pointCount > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* vc = m_velocityConstraints + i;
|
||||
vc->friction = contact->m_friction;
|
||||
vc->restitution = contact->m_restitution;
|
||||
vc->indexA = bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
vc->indexB = bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
vc->invMassA = bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
vc->invMassB = bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
vc->invIA = bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
vc->invIB = bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
vc->contactIndex = i;
|
||||
vc->pointCount = pointCount;
|
||||
vc->K.SetZero();
|
||||
vc->normalMass.SetZero();
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* pc = m_positionConstraints + i;
|
||||
pc->indexA = bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
pc->indexB = bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
pc->invMassA = bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
pc->invMassB = bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
pc->localCenterA = bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
pc->localCenterB = bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
pc->invIA = bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
pc->invIB = bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
pc->localNormal = manifold->localNormal;
|
||||
pc->localPoint = manifold->localPoint;
|
||||
pc->pointCount = pointCount;
|
||||
pc->radiusA = radiusA;
|
||||
pc->radiusB = radiusB;
|
||||
pc->type = manifold->type;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* cp = manifold->points + j;
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp = vc->points + j;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
vcp->normalImpulse = m_step.dtRatio * cp->normalImpulse;
|
||||
vcp->tangentImpulse = m_step.dtRatio * cp->tangentImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
vcp->normalImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
vcp->tangentImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vcp->rA.SetZero();
|
||||
vcp->rB.SetZero();
|
||||
vcp->normalMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
vcp->tangentMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
vcp->velocityBias = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
pc->localPoints[j] = cp->localPoint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactSolver::~b2ContactSolver()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_allocator->Free(m_velocityConstraints);
|
||||
m_allocator->Free(m_positionConstraints);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize position dependent portions of the velocity constraints.
|
||||
void b2ContactSolver::InitializeVelocityConstraints()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* vc = m_velocityConstraints + i;
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* pc = m_positionConstraints + i;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 radiusA = pc->radiusA;
|
||||
float32 radiusB = pc->radiusB;
|
||||
b2Manifold* manifold = m_contacts[vc->contactIndex]->GetManifold();
|
||||
|
||||
int32 indexA = vc->indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB = vc->indexB;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = vc->invMassA;
|
||||
float32 mB = vc->invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = vc->invIA;
|
||||
float32 iB = vc->invIB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterA = pc->localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterB = pc->localCenterB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = m_positions[indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = m_positions[indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = m_velocities[indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = m_velocities[indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = m_positions[indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = m_positions[indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = m_velocities[indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = m_velocities[indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(manifold->pointCount > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
xfA.q.Set(aA);
|
||||
xfB.q.Set(aB);
|
||||
xfA.p = cA - b2Mul(xfA.q, localCenterA);
|
||||
xfB.p = cB - b2Mul(xfB.q, localCenterB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2WorldManifold worldManifold;
|
||||
worldManifold.Initialize(manifold, xfA, radiusA, xfB, radiusB);
|
||||
|
||||
vc->normal = worldManifold.normal;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 pointCount = vc->pointCount;
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp = vc->points + j;
|
||||
|
||||
vcp->rA = worldManifold.points[j] - cA;
|
||||
vcp->rB = worldManifold.points[j] - cB;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 rnA = b2Cross(vcp->rA, vc->normal);
|
||||
float32 rnB = b2Cross(vcp->rB, vc->normal);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 kNormal = mA + mB + iA * rnA * rnA + iB * rnB * rnB;
|
||||
|
||||
vcp->normalMass = kNormal > 0.0f ? 1.0f / kNormal : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 tangent = b2Cross(vc->normal, 1.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 rtA = b2Cross(vcp->rA, tangent);
|
||||
float32 rtB = b2Cross(vcp->rB, tangent);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 kTangent = mA + mB + iA * rtA * rtA + iB * rtB * rtB;
|
||||
|
||||
vcp->tangentMass = kTangent > 0.0f ? 1.0f / kTangent : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup a velocity bias for restitution.
|
||||
vcp->velocityBias = 0.0f;
|
||||
float32 vRel = b2Dot(vc->normal, vB + b2Cross(wB, vcp->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, vcp->rA));
|
||||
if (vRel < -b2_velocityThreshold)
|
||||
{
|
||||
vcp->velocityBias = -vc->restitution * vRel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we have two points, then prepare the block solver.
|
||||
if (vc->pointCount == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp1 = vc->points + 0;
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp2 = vc->points + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 rn1A = b2Cross(vcp1->rA, vc->normal);
|
||||
float32 rn1B = b2Cross(vcp1->rB, vc->normal);
|
||||
float32 rn2A = b2Cross(vcp2->rA, vc->normal);
|
||||
float32 rn2B = b2Cross(vcp2->rB, vc->normal);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * rn1A * rn1A + iB * rn1B * rn1B;
|
||||
float32 k22 = mA + mB + iA * rn2A * rn2A + iB * rn2B * rn2B;
|
||||
float32 k12 = mA + mB + iA * rn1A * rn2A + iB * rn1B * rn2B;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure a reasonable condition number.
|
||||
const float32 k_maxConditionNumber = 1000.0f;
|
||||
if (k11 * k11 < k_maxConditionNumber * (k11 * k22 - k12 * k12))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// K is safe to invert.
|
||||
vc->K.ex.Set(k11, k12);
|
||||
vc->K.ey.Set(k12, k22);
|
||||
vc->normalMass = vc->K.GetInverse();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The constraints are redundant, just use one.
|
||||
// TODO_ERIN use deepest?
|
||||
vc->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ContactSolver::WarmStart()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Warm start.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* vc = m_velocityConstraints + i;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 indexA = vc->indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB = vc->indexB;
|
||||
float32 mA = vc->invMassA;
|
||||
float32 iA = vc->invIA;
|
||||
float32 mB = vc->invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iB = vc->invIB;
|
||||
int32 pointCount = vc->pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = m_velocities[indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = m_velocities[indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = m_velocities[indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = m_velocities[indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = vc->normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 tangent = b2Cross(normal, 1.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp = vc->points + j;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = vcp->normalImpulse * normal + vcp->tangentImpulse * tangent;
|
||||
wA -= iA * b2Cross(vcp->rA, P);
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * b2Cross(vcp->rB, P);
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_velocities[indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ContactSolver::SolveVelocityConstraints()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* vc = m_velocityConstraints + i;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 indexA = vc->indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB = vc->indexB;
|
||||
float32 mA = vc->invMassA;
|
||||
float32 iA = vc->invIA;
|
||||
float32 mB = vc->invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iB = vc->invIB;
|
||||
int32 pointCount = vc->pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = m_velocities[indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = m_velocities[indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = m_velocities[indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = m_velocities[indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = vc->normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 tangent = b2Cross(normal, 1.0f);
|
||||
float32 friction = vc->friction;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(pointCount == 1 || pointCount == 2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve tangent constraints first because non-penetration is more important
|
||||
// than friction.
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp = vc->points + j;
|
||||
|
||||
// Relative velocity at contact
|
||||
b2Vec2 dv = vB + b2Cross(wB, vcp->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, vcp->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute tangent force
|
||||
float32 vt = b2Dot(dv, tangent);
|
||||
float32 lambda = vcp->tangentMass * (-vt);
|
||||
|
||||
// b2Clamp the accumulated force
|
||||
float32 maxFriction = friction * vcp->normalImpulse;
|
||||
float32 newImpulse = b2Clamp(vcp->tangentImpulse + lambda, -maxFriction, maxFriction);
|
||||
lambda = newImpulse - vcp->tangentImpulse;
|
||||
vcp->tangentImpulse = newImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply contact impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = lambda * tangent;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * b2Cross(vcp->rA, P);
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * b2Cross(vcp->rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve normal constraints
|
||||
if (vc->pointCount == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* vcp = vc->points + 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Relative velocity at contact
|
||||
b2Vec2 dv = vB + b2Cross(wB, vcp->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, vcp->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal impulse
|
||||
float32 vn = b2Dot(dv, normal);
|
||||
float32 lambda = -vcp->normalMass * (vn - vcp->velocityBias);
|
||||
|
||||
// b2Clamp the accumulated impulse
|
||||
float32 newImpulse = b2Max(vcp->normalImpulse + lambda, 0.0f);
|
||||
lambda = newImpulse - vcp->normalImpulse;
|
||||
vcp->normalImpulse = newImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply contact impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = lambda * normal;
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * b2Cross(vcp->rA, P);
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * b2Cross(vcp->rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Block solver developed in collaboration with Dirk Gregorius (back in 01/07 on Box2D_Lite).
|
||||
// Build the mini LCP for this contact patch
|
||||
//
|
||||
// vn = A * x + b, vn >= 0, , vn >= 0, x >= 0 and vn_i * x_i = 0 with i = 1..2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// A = J * W * JT and J = ( -n, -r1 x n, n, r2 x n )
|
||||
// b = vn0 - velocityBias
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The system is solved using the "Total enumeration method" (s. Murty). The complementary constraint vn_i * x_i
|
||||
// implies that we must have in any solution either vn_i = 0 or x_i = 0. So for the 2D contact problem the cases
|
||||
// vn1 = 0 and vn2 = 0, x1 = 0 and x2 = 0, x1 = 0 and vn2 = 0, x2 = 0 and vn1 = 0 need to be tested. The first valid
|
||||
// solution that satisfies the problem is chosen.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In order to account of the accumulated impulse 'a' (because of the iterative nature of the solver which only requires
|
||||
// that the accumulated impulse is clamped and not the incremental impulse) we change the impulse variable (x_i).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Substitute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// x = a + d
|
||||
//
|
||||
// a := old total impulse
|
||||
// x := new total impulse
|
||||
// d := incremental impulse
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For the current iteration we extend the formula for the incremental impulse
|
||||
// to compute the new total impulse:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// vn = A * d + b
|
||||
// = A * (x - a) + b
|
||||
// = A * x + b - A * a
|
||||
// = A * x + b'
|
||||
// b' = b - A * a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* cp1 = vc->points + 0;
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint* cp2 = vc->points + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 a(cp1->normalImpulse, cp2->normalImpulse);
|
||||
b2Assert(a.x >= 0.0f && a.y >= 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Relative velocity at contact
|
||||
b2Vec2 dv1 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp1->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp1->rA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 dv2 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp2->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp2->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal velocity
|
||||
float32 vn1 = b2Dot(dv1, normal);
|
||||
float32 vn2 = b2Dot(dv2, normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b;
|
||||
b.x = vn1 - cp1->velocityBias;
|
||||
b.y = vn2 - cp2->velocityBias;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute b'
|
||||
b -= b2Mul(vc->K, a);
|
||||
|
||||
const float32 k_errorTol = 1e-3f;
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(k_errorTol);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Case 1: vn = 0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0 = A * x + b'
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Solve for x:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// x = - inv(A) * b'
|
||||
//
|
||||
b2Vec2 x = - b2Mul(vc->normalMass, b);
|
||||
|
||||
if (x.x >= 0.0f && x.y >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Get the incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = x - a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P1 = d.x * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P2 = d.y * normal;
|
||||
vA -= mA * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(cp1->rA, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rA, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(cp1->rB, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rB, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
// Accumulate
|
||||
cp1->normalImpulse = x.x;
|
||||
cp2->normalImpulse = x.y;
|
||||
|
||||
#if B2_DEBUG_SOLVER == 1
|
||||
// Postconditions
|
||||
dv1 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp1->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp1->rA);
|
||||
dv2 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp2->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp2->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal velocity
|
||||
vn1 = b2Dot(dv1, normal);
|
||||
vn2 = b2Dot(dv2, normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(b2Abs(vn1 - cp1->velocityBias) < k_errorTol);
|
||||
b2Assert(b2Abs(vn2 - cp2->velocityBias) < k_errorTol);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Case 2: vn1 = 0 and x2 = 0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0 = a11 * x1 + a12 * 0 + b1'
|
||||
// vn2 = a21 * x1 + a22 * 0 + b2'
|
||||
//
|
||||
x.x = - cp1->normalMass * b.x;
|
||||
x.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
vn1 = 0.0f;
|
||||
vn2 = vc->K.ex.y * x.x + b.y;
|
||||
|
||||
if (x.x >= 0.0f && vn2 >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Get the incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = x - a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P1 = d.x * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P2 = d.y * normal;
|
||||
vA -= mA * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(cp1->rA, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rA, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(cp1->rB, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rB, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
// Accumulate
|
||||
cp1->normalImpulse = x.x;
|
||||
cp2->normalImpulse = x.y;
|
||||
|
||||
#if B2_DEBUG_SOLVER == 1
|
||||
// Postconditions
|
||||
dv1 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp1->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp1->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal velocity
|
||||
vn1 = b2Dot(dv1, normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(b2Abs(vn1 - cp1->velocityBias) < k_errorTol);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Case 3: vn2 = 0 and x1 = 0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// vn1 = a11 * 0 + a12 * x2 + b1'
|
||||
// 0 = a21 * 0 + a22 * x2 + b2'
|
||||
//
|
||||
x.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
x.y = - cp2->normalMass * b.y;
|
||||
vn1 = vc->K.ey.x * x.y + b.x;
|
||||
vn2 = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (x.y >= 0.0f && vn1 >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Resubstitute for the incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = x - a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P1 = d.x * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P2 = d.y * normal;
|
||||
vA -= mA * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(cp1->rA, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rA, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(cp1->rB, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rB, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
// Accumulate
|
||||
cp1->normalImpulse = x.x;
|
||||
cp2->normalImpulse = x.y;
|
||||
|
||||
#if B2_DEBUG_SOLVER == 1
|
||||
// Postconditions
|
||||
dv2 = vB + b2Cross(wB, cp2->rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, cp2->rA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal velocity
|
||||
vn2 = b2Dot(dv2, normal);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Assert(b2Abs(vn2 - cp2->velocityBias) < k_errorTol);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Case 4: x1 = 0 and x2 = 0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// vn1 = b1
|
||||
// vn2 = b2;
|
||||
x.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
x.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
vn1 = b.x;
|
||||
vn2 = b.y;
|
||||
|
||||
if (vn1 >= 0.0f && vn2 >= 0.0f )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Resubstitute for the incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = x - a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply incremental impulse
|
||||
b2Vec2 P1 = d.x * normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P2 = d.y * normal;
|
||||
vA -= mA * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(cp1->rA, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rA, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * (P1 + P2);
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(cp1->rB, P1) + b2Cross(cp2->rB, P2));
|
||||
|
||||
// Accumulate
|
||||
cp1->normalImpulse = x.x;
|
||||
cp2->normalImpulse = x.y;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// No solution, give up. This is hit sometimes, but it doesn't seem to matter.
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_velocities[indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
m_velocities[indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ContactSolver::StoreImpulses()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* vc = m_velocityConstraints + i;
|
||||
b2Manifold* manifold = m_contacts[vc->contactIndex]->GetManifold();
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < vc->pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->points[j].normalImpulse = vc->points[j].normalImpulse;
|
||||
manifold->points[j].tangentImpulse = vc->points[j].tangentImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2PositionSolverManifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
void Initialize(b2ContactPositionConstraint* pc, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB, int32 index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(pc->pointCount > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pc->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_circles:
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA = b2Mul(xfA, pc->localPoint);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB = b2Mul(xfB, pc->localPoints[0]);
|
||||
normal = pointB - pointA;
|
||||
normal.Normalize();
|
||||
point = 0.5f * (pointA + pointB);
|
||||
separation = b2Dot(pointB - pointA, normal) - pc->radiusA - pc->radiusB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_faceA:
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal = b2Mul(xfA.q, pc->localNormal);
|
||||
b2Vec2 planePoint = b2Mul(xfA, pc->localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 clipPoint = b2Mul(xfB, pc->localPoints[index]);
|
||||
separation = b2Dot(clipPoint - planePoint, normal) - pc->radiusA - pc->radiusB;
|
||||
point = clipPoint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case b2Manifold::e_faceB:
|
||||
{
|
||||
normal = b2Mul(xfB.q, pc->localNormal);
|
||||
b2Vec2 planePoint = b2Mul(xfB, pc->localPoint);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 clipPoint = b2Mul(xfA, pc->localPoints[index]);
|
||||
separation = b2Dot(clipPoint - planePoint, normal) - pc->radiusA - pc->radiusB;
|
||||
point = clipPoint;
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure normal points from A to B
|
||||
normal = -normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
b2Vec2 point;
|
||||
float32 separation;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Sequential solver.
|
||||
bool b2ContactSolver::SolvePositionConstraints()
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 minSeparation = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* pc = m_positionConstraints + i;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 indexA = pc->indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB = pc->indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterA = pc->localCenterA;
|
||||
float32 mA = pc->invMassA;
|
||||
float32 iA = pc->invIA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterB = pc->localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 mB = pc->invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iB = pc->invIB;
|
||||
int32 pointCount = pc->pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = m_positions[indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = m_positions[indexA].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = m_positions[indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = m_positions[indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve normal constraints
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
xfA.q.Set(aA);
|
||||
xfB.q.Set(aB);
|
||||
xfA.p = cA - b2Mul(xfA.q, localCenterA);
|
||||
xfB.p = cB - b2Mul(xfB.q, localCenterB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PositionSolverManifold psm;
|
||||
psm.Initialize(pc, xfA, xfB, j);
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = psm.normal;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 point = psm.point;
|
||||
float32 separation = psm.separation;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = point - cA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = point - cB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Track max constraint error.
|
||||
minSeparation = b2Min(minSeparation, separation);
|
||||
|
||||
// Prevent large corrections and allow slop.
|
||||
float32 C = b2Clamp(b2_baumgarte * (separation + b2_linearSlop), -b2_maxLinearCorrection, 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the effective mass.
|
||||
float32 rnA = b2Cross(rA, normal);
|
||||
float32 rnB = b2Cross(rB, normal);
|
||||
float32 K = mA + mB + iA * rnA * rnA + iB * rnB * rnB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal impulse
|
||||
float32 impulse = K > 0.0f ? - C / K : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * normal;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= mA * P;
|
||||
aA -= iA * b2Cross(rA, P);
|
||||
|
||||
cB += mB * P;
|
||||
aB += iB * b2Cross(rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_positions[indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
m_positions[indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
|
||||
m_positions[indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
m_positions[indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We can't expect minSpeparation >= -b2_linearSlop because we don't
|
||||
// push the separation above -b2_linearSlop.
|
||||
return minSeparation >= -3.0f * b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sequential position solver for position constraints.
|
||||
bool b2ContactSolver::SolveTOIPositionConstraints(int32 toiIndexA, int32 toiIndexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 minSeparation = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* pc = m_positionConstraints + i;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 indexA = pc->indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB = pc->indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterA = pc->localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenterB = pc->localCenterB;
|
||||
int32 pointCount = pc->pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = 0.0f;
|
||||
float32 iA = 0.0f;
|
||||
if (indexA == toiIndexA || indexA == toiIndexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mA = pc->invMassA;
|
||||
iA = pc->invIA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mB = pc->invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iB = pc->invIB;
|
||||
if (indexB == toiIndexA || indexB == toiIndexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mB = pc->invMassB;
|
||||
iB = pc->invIB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = m_positions[indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = m_positions[indexA].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = m_positions[indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = m_positions[indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve normal constraints
|
||||
for (int32 j = 0; j < pointCount; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform xfA, xfB;
|
||||
xfA.q.Set(aA);
|
||||
xfB.q.Set(aB);
|
||||
xfA.p = cA - b2Mul(xfA.q, localCenterA);
|
||||
xfB.p = cB - b2Mul(xfB.q, localCenterB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PositionSolverManifold psm;
|
||||
psm.Initialize(pc, xfA, xfB, j);
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal = psm.normal;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 point = psm.point;
|
||||
float32 separation = psm.separation;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = point - cA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = point - cB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Track max constraint error.
|
||||
minSeparation = b2Min(minSeparation, separation);
|
||||
|
||||
// Prevent large corrections and allow slop.
|
||||
float32 C = b2Clamp(b2_toiBaugarte * (separation + b2_linearSlop), -b2_maxLinearCorrection, 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the effective mass.
|
||||
float32 rnA = b2Cross(rA, normal);
|
||||
float32 rnB = b2Cross(rB, normal);
|
||||
float32 K = mA + mB + iA * rnA * rnA + iB * rnB * rnB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute normal impulse
|
||||
float32 impulse = K > 0.0f ? - C / K : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * normal;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= mA * P;
|
||||
aA -= iA * b2Cross(rA, P);
|
||||
|
||||
cB += mB * P;
|
||||
aB += iB * b2Cross(rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_positions[indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
m_positions[indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
|
||||
m_positions[indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
m_positions[indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We can't expect minSpeparation >= -b2_linearSlop because we don't
|
||||
// push the separation above -b2_linearSlop.
|
||||
return minSeparation >= -1.5f * b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user